THE LAKE PlLOTS’ HANDBOOK

USEFUL KNOWLEDG E PERTAINING TO THE

GREAT LAKES AND G REAT LAKES ' Pl , LOTlNG ,

THAT SHOULD BE USEFUL TO THE PROFESSlONAL

WELL AS TO THE BEGINN ER .

CO MPILED BY A T GEO R E T I C P . G R MBL E.

mvm lu "at "“a. Pt. HUM

PREFACE

37 The need of a handy book of r efer ence and of gener al

“ ( infor m ation on the subject of the Gr eat Lakes and Gr eat

' Lakes Piloting has led the author to under take the pr epar ation

F r r s has n an nt s of this wor k . o yea he bee e hu iastic collector

of mar ine books and paper s until his libr ar y contains alm ost

v r cat on t at tr eats of t r a or oc n f r s e e y publi i h ei he l ke ea af ai .

Fr om these books and paper s hav e been culled all the v aluable

n or m at on t at s o of nt r st to a sa or s and t i f i h h uld be i e e l ke il , his

n r m at on is r s nt to ou in t s a s t t i fo i p e e ed y he e p ge , oge her with

much v aluable infor mation that the author has gained by year s

Th t o f ser v ic e on the Gr eat Lakes . e au h or has c onsulted

, s c a t or t s as B Boo of Am r can S n B u h u h i ie lue k e i hippi g, eer s

' H stor of the Gr at La s B son s lnland Mar n i y e ke , ee i e Guide,

' ' patt r son s Na t ca Enc c o a Scott s Coast e u i l y l pedi , Pilot,

' Am r can M r c ant Mar n H n r son s E m e i e h i e , e de le ents of Nav iga

' t on G or an Ba Coast P ot Kn t s Mo r n S am n i , e gi y il , igh de e a ship ,

The Mar n R v w 8c 8c and r i e e ie , “ , desi es to expr ess his

n t dn ss to all of t s s c a th i deb e e he e , e pe i lly e publications fr om

the office of The Mar ine Rev iew

178963 WHERE I GOT MY INFOR MATION

1hav e a libr ar y containing alm ost ev er y book that has

v r n s on the s ct of the a mar n r om e e bee publi hed ubje l ke i e , f

' th e old Bar nett s Coast Pilot to the handsom e bulletin pub

S . L v h lished at th e office of the U. ake Sur v ey ; l ha e t e Lake

S r v c ar ts th H r o r a c c ar ts and th Cana an u ey h , e yd g phi h , e di m ake of char ts ; but one of m y m ost v aluable sour ces of in for mation is a scr ap book filled with clippings fr om the

mar n n ws co m ns of the a a r s or the mar n i e e lu d ily p pe , i e

v m it t v r t m ss n r f weeklies . l ha e ade a poin ne e o i a um be o th r t r nt m ar n n ws e daily pape hat p i s i e e . A P ILO T

efin t on A D i i .

A pilot is a person who makes a business

of conducting vessels in an d out of port ,

through narrow channels , up rivers , or along coasts where the navigation is especially diin

cult or dangerous .

The business of an ocean pilot is very much different from that

a a s of l ke pilot . Ocean steam ers do not generally carry pilots a a a a La m r l aw p rt of their perm nent crew . ke stea ers a e required by a a to c rry two or three pilots aboard as part of their crew . The m ster an d mates of an ocean steamer must be pr oficient navigators an d be a a e m ble to t k their ship fro on e part of the world to another , but when they approach a port a pilot comes out in a sm all boat an d takes a an d a ch rge of the vessel conducts her into the h rbor . But on the Great Lakes every master an d mate of a steam er must also be a licensed pilot an d be able to pilot his ship through al l the difficult a an ch nnels d along the five thousan d miles of dangerous coasts , an d e besides b ing able to take the ship safely into one port , as the ocean a a pilots do, he is expected to be ble to t ke his ship into the scores a a a a La m a an of h rbors th t bound on the Gre t kes . A Co m nder of A a an a meric n oce w rship , who is now doing service on the Govern a as a a ment ships on the l kes , is quoted s ying th t he considers the a a a lake pilots the best pilots in th e world . He s ys th t in single trip th e a a through n rrow ch nnels of the St . Clair an d D etroit rivers , you would meet more ships than you would meet in a trip from N ew

Y k E I n or to the ast ndies , a d the greater part of these ships would m e e be the ma moth ste l fr ighters that, from a distance, appear too big an d unwieldy to be handled at al l . A n d these big ships ar e taken through these narrow channels at night just as safely as they ar e in the daytime . In th e trip from Lake E rie to Lake Superior a pilot h as a r to t ke his ship through the Detroit, St . Clair an d 800 ivers , the a a a 15 A n ggreg te dist nce of these rivers being over 0 miles . d when the lake is reached the same vigilance is needed as is required in the rivers . With 2 500 vessels doing business on the Great Lakes there all m will , of course , be many in sight the ti e . Collisions have to be a a a a n d voided, not only with bo ts , but with flo ting wrecks , r fts , a with

tc . Is n and a e . a a sunken rocks , sho ls , , etc it y wonder then th t the business of a lake pilot is an im portant one . E very year the Govern ment of the United States is drawing the lines tighter around the

m was a e as a lake pilot . A govern ent inspector sk d to wh t he thought

’ “ was G a La . a a can required of re t kes pilots He nswered , When pilot t a a a take a ship safely through the rivers , wi hout st ke or buoy or

a an e a a . I guide of y kind , excepting his knowl dge of l ndm rks , etc , If n ot will then pronounce him proficient . pilots could do this , a a a b un many ships would meet dis ster on ccount of mispl ced uoys , on an A a a an lighted ranges , etc . A pilot meric n ste mer must be A a a a an d an d a an d meric n citizen , must be ble to re d write , must he r see perfectly .

His tor ical Facts R egar ding the

G r eat Lakes

L The St. awrence river was discovered by the explorer Auber t in

1508. F r e o a a a Law The ench xpl rer J cques C rtier scended the St . r as f ar as I a a e H a a a ) rence iver, the ndi n vill g of ochel g (now Montre l in 15 3 4 .

La H was ke uron the first of the Great Lakes to be discovered . In 1615 th e F rench explor ers Le Caron an d Cham plain both discovered La a r t am . ke Huron but in sep rate pa ies . Both explorers c e up the St La as f ar as o a wrence M ntreal an d then up the Ott wa river . They then took d ifier en t routes across the country to Georgian B ay an d

o La H o a La int ke uron . The expl ring p rties met in the ke Huron o an d La a w s o a regi n joined forces . ke Ont rio a disc vered the s me r year on th e eturn trip .

L ake E rie was the last of the lakes to be discovered . Joliet dis

covered Lake E r ie in 1669.

Lake Superior was dis covered in 162 9 by the F rench explorer

Br ule .

Lake Michigan was discovered in 163 4 by the F r ench expl orer

N icolet .

The first recorded passage of th e D etroit river by white m an was 1 in 670 by two F rench priests .

T h e first white m an to see th e N iagara F alls is supposed to have been the explorer B r ule .

The F rench explorer La Salle built the first vessel on the Great — — Lakes in 1679. This little vessel the Griffon is described on another

page .

The first American vessel to be built on the Great Lakes was the ” at E I 1 9 a 7 7. W shington , built rie (then Presque sle) in

In 1812 a vessel called the F ur Trader was built on Lake Super ior and after being used in the fur business f or awhile she was run ’ 10 T H E E O S OO LAK PIL T HANDB K .

over the rapids at the 800 in the attempt to get h er to the lower ' a w s m m l kes . But she a al ost co pl etely wrecked in the attem pt . An

other little vessel , the Mink, was run over the rapids in 1817 an d a m sust ined but little da age .

A 96 ton w 1 brig as built for service on Lake E rie in 18 4 , but was

o a u as oo so n l id p being t big to successfully do busines s on the lakes .

“ ” The fir st steam er built on the Great Lakes was the Ontario at 1 1 w a a 6. as a 23 2 o built S cketts H rbor in 8 She vessel of t ns . The “ ” a a a am F o a w s m C n di n ste er r nten c a built during the sa e year . But

am r on L E f or - c the first ste e built ake rie , up lake servi e , was th e “ -in - - Walk the Water , built at Buffalo in 1818. Th is steam er is de

scrib ed on another page .

In 182 6 a a La a the first ste mer s iled on ke Michig n .

a a s R egul r p ssenger service wa established to Chicago in 183 0.

In 183 6 th e first shipm ent cam e into Buffalo when the brig John a Kenzie brought in bushels of whe t .

m m ff The fir st stea ers fro Bu alo ventured only as f ar as D etroit .

The first locom otive used in Chicago was carried there in a sail 1 vessel in 83 7.

The first grain elevator was built at Buffalo in 1842 .

The first steamer to use propeller s instead of paddle wheels was “ ” a a a at o 1841 the V nd li built Osweg in .

The first steam er on Lake Superior was the Independence in

1845 . T h e Independence came from Chicago an d was portaged around the S oo rapids .

THE FIRST SHIP ON THE GREAT LAKES .

The first known ship to navigate th e Great Lakes was the G r if a l 16 F fon , a little vessel of bout sixty tons , bui t in 79 by the rench r explorer , La Salle . This ship was launched into the N iagara R ive a of th e a L A 7th e a a . bout the present sit vill ge of S lle On ugust . 1 f o e f or n 679, the Grif on , l aded with suppli s a long trip of exploratio ,

sailed up the lakes . Very little is recorded of the trip but the sup position is that the north shore of Lake E rie was followed until th e

a D was an d La th e es entr nce to the etroit river found , on ke Huron w t s m hore was followed to the Straits of Mackinac . E arly in Septe ber

i h ad B a er La a oa the little sh p reached Green y . H e S lle l ded her with a a m I a an d a a to furs th t he purch sed fro the ndi ns , ordered his c pt in ’ K L S 11 THE LA E PI OT HANDBOOK .

L o a take her back to Lake Erie . a Salle did not acc mp ny the ship but with part of his m en he started overland on his trip of explora

tion . The Gr iff on was never heard from afterwar d , no doubt having foundered in a gale with her entire cr ew .

THE FIRST STEAMER ON THE GREAT LAKES . “ ea r a -in- - a f a 1818 The st me W lk the W ter, built in Bu f lo in , is gen er all y spoken of as the first steam er to sail the Great Lakes , but , as

a m a a am La a 1616. tter of f ct , two ste ers were built on ke Ont rio in These wer e the Canadian steamer F rontenac and th e Am erican steam

o s a er Ontario . But these boats were not l oked upon a the first Gre t ’ Lakes steamers because their Operations were confined to Lake On “ - n— - of tario . The Walk l the Water m easured 3 3 8 tons . The owners this great steamboat though t none of the lake men would be capable of handling her and brought a master from the N orth river . This master promptly resigned h is position after encountering one of

’ ’ La E r r ke ie s vicious souweste s. A lake sailor was then placed in com “ a -l n- - wa a a m nd . The Walk the Water s driven ashore in g le on La e E 8 nd a i o th e k rie in 1 2 1. Her engines were saved a pl ced nt a ste mer Superior in 1822 .

THE GREAT LAKES .

a —o Tot l area of water surface ver square miles .

e as Ov r miles of co t.

Com bined area of Great Lakes exceeds the area of E ngland ,

Wales an d Scotland .

Lighted 200 American lighthouses .

Lighted 100 Canadian lighthouses .

L 1 m a a ighted 00 pairs of A eric n r nges .

Lighted 3 0 pairs of Canadian ranges . L ighted 65 American gas buoys . L ighted 8 Canadian gas buoys . L ighted 12 American light ships .

L n ighted scores of float lights a d beacons .

The United States lighthouse board place in position at the Open ing of navigation each spring 600 spar buoys and 60 can buoys and nun buoys .

There ar e 85 American fog signal stations on the lakes . ’ 12 P ILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

ar e 18 a a a a a a There C n di n fog sign l st tions of the l kes .

The United States Weather Bureau display storm signals at 96 a L pl ces on the Great akes .

a a a o m The C n di ns display st r signals at 3 1 places .

r ar e 60 A er a The e m ic n life saving stations .

ar e 9 a a There C n dian life saving stations .

Total length of the Great Lakes system —from the mouth of the

S t . La e D wrenc river to uluth miles .

F r om the east end of Lake Ontario to th e west end of Lake

S uperior miles .

F a La a a o rom the e st end of ke Ont rio to Chic g miles .

Quebec to D uluth miles ; Quebec to Chicago miles ; Montreal to D uluth miles ; Montreal to Chicago miles ; B f a D —980 a a — u f lo to uluth miles ; Buff lo to Chic go 890 miles .

LAKE SUPERIOR .

La a of r in rgest exp nse fresh wate the world . The water of Lake

o A Superi r is chemically pure . rea square m iles ; miles of c a G r a 3 m o st . e test length , 50 iles ; greatest breadth , 160 miles ; great est depth , feet ; 600 feet abo ve the sea; about 2 1 f eet above

La . L 55 h as 2 2 a a ke Huron ighted by lighthouses ; fog sign l st tions .

H as 8 life saving stations ; 2 2 storm signal stations .

LAKE HURON .

A a a e 800 a a re squ r miles ; miles of co st ; gre test length, 2 20 r a 1 e 0 miles ; g e test br eadth , 00 mil s ; greatest depth , 75 0 feet ; 58 feet above th e sea; 9 feet above Lake Er ie ; lighted by 3 5 light houses ; h as 2 1 fog signal stations ; 11 life saving stations ; 3 2 storm

signal stations .

LAKE MICHIGAN .

A a a e m m a a re squ r iles ; iles of co st ; gre test length , 1 a a 118 a t 870 580 3 0 miles ; gre test bre dth , miles ; gre test dep h, feet ; above the sea; 3 2 6 feet above Lake Ontario ; lighted by 45 light h ouses ; h as 3 5 fog signal stations ; 3 2 life s aving stations ; 3 0 storm

signal stations .

’ 14 P I LOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

a a ’ The n vig tion of the St . Mary s r iver is governed by a strict set an d a a a a a of rules regul tions which ppe r in nother p rt of this book .

’ The St . Mar y s falls have a drop of 2 0 feet an d ar e over come by t th l the locks a e cana . These rapids ar e about a hal f mile wide and

r ee- r a th fou ths of mile long .

THE ST . CLAIR RIVER .

L F ength, ort Gratiot to ship canal , 40 miles . The current in the

a t o r pids a F rt Gratiot is five miles an hour . The current entering th e a a a an r a a of a c n l is bout miles hou ; bre st Port Huron , St . Cl ir and a e th e r r a r a a u 2 an M rin City cu ent ve ges bo t miles hour.

T T DE ROI RIVER .

Le La ai La 2 ngth, ke St . Cl r to ke E ri e, 8 miles . The current at the Lim ekiln Crossing averages about miles an hour while for the a a a a r r a o n b l nce of the river the ver ge cu ent is b ut miles a hour .

NIAGARA RIVER .

Le La E La e a 3 3 m . at ngth, ke rie to k Ont rio , iles Current Buf a 4 to 7 an r o a 3 0 an f lo , miles hour ; cur ent in whirlp ol r pids , miles o r r th e r La a L h u . The lowe portion of river, f om ke Ont rio to ewiston

(7 miles ) is from 3 0 to 70 feet deep . cubic feet of water

e N a a a La e E o . Th e a ent rs i g r river from k rie , every sec nd f ll in

N a ar a r om La E La e a o 3 2 6 e . i g iver fr ke rie to k Ont ri , is f et

ST . LAWRENCE RIVER .

Le r La ar a e I a ngth, f om ke Ont io to the Str its of Bell sle , ne rly r a a La miles . There a e many d ngerous r pids in the St . wrence ,

r o La ar to al l overcome by Canadian canals . F m ke Ont io Quebec the La r r r dr op is 249 feet. A boat passing through the St . w ence rive , f om

th e sea ca a a a Lake Ontar io to , would go through six n ls with tot l 21 c n length of 45 miles . Ther e ar e lo ks in these six canals a d the 1 e e an a ar e al l e Lake ar total lift is 20775 feet. Th s c ls betwe n Ont io a ar of and Montr eal . F rom Montre l eastw d to the Gulf St . Lawrence, there is a channel for deep draft oc ean going vessels . F rom Lake of a r 14 T Ontar io to Montreal the draft w te is limited to feet . ide a a and water is reached about midw y between Montre l Quebec . 1 t m Spring tide rises 1875 feet at Quebec . Sal water beco es noticeable b about 3 0 miles below Que ec . ’ P ILOTs 15 THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

NIAGARA FALLS .

A a a 167 r a Height of meric n f lls , feet ; height of Ho seshoe f lls ,

158 feet ; contour line of Am erican falls , feet ; contour line of o a e a a a H rseshoe f lls , fe t ; ver ge depth of river between the f lls n 1 e oe a a a a d a 80 . a r pids , f et The Horsesh f lls we rs b ck bout feet f n d each year , in the center o the channel , a about 2 feet each year r th e A a a on the sides . The ecession of meric n f lls is very slight. a e a cubic feet of water p ss s over both f lls per minute . C AN A LS

THE 80 0 CANALS .

The first can al was built on the Canadian side of th e r iver b y N F ur m a 179 8. was 3 8 8 the orth West Co p ny in The lock feet long , 9 a 9 e . A tow a h was a a feet inches wide , with lift of fe t p t m de long the shore for oxen to pull the canoes an d sm all boats through the up a per p rt of the rapids . Th is lock was destroyed in 1814 by United

States troops from Mackinac Island .

a al as a a a was th e The first ship c n , known the st te c n l , built on

American side of the river in 1855 . There were two tandem locks

a a 9 3 50 70 ee e ch with lift of feet . These locks were feet long , f t t 11 a . wide, wi h depth of 54 feet These locks were destroyed by ex v ti n r ca a o s f o the present Poe lock .

—th e —was 1881 The Weitzel lock present old lock built in , by a of o k 1 U . l o the nited St tes The length this is 5 5 feet, width 60 feet at the gates an d 80 feet inside, an d average depth 14 feet 10 inches . 1 9 o o k was 8 6. 1 The P e l o built in This lock is 800 feet long , 00 feet

n n 20 . wide , a d a average depth of feet

0 n T h e Canadian lock is 9 0 feet long , 60 feet wide, 2 2 feet deep , a d was built in 1895 .

a a A r a an d Hydr ulic power is used for oper ting the me ic n locks , a a r a a a electricity, gener ted by w te power , is used for Oper ting the C n dian locks .

w s 1 Before th e State canal a opened in 855 , cargoes wer e unloaded a a a a at the Soo , below the r pids , then t ken cross the port ge , one mile long an d reloaded aboard boats . In 1851 the total shipment of freight , was over this tr amway portage tons .

a a was at S oc 18 Th e fir st year the c n l opened the , 55 , tons ar a 18 of freight passed thr ough . Ten ye s l ter, 65 , this h ad increased 1875 to o 1885 to to tons , in , t ns , in tons , in and 1905 a m 1895 to tons , in to l ost tons . ’ P ILOTs 17 THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

Previous to 1881 the canal at the A merican 80 0 was under th e control of the State of Michigan an d tolls were charged to cover op r ti e a ng expenses , the first rate being cents per registered ton , which was gr adually reduced to cents .

T h e United States em ploy about 95 men in th e operating of th e canals at the 800 .

THE WELLAND CANAL .

The Welland canal connects Lake E rie an d Lake Ontario an d m overco es th e rapids o f th e N iagara river an d N iagara falls . Th e a a m a an length of this c n l is iles . The tot l lift is feet d ar e 2 5 a 2 70 an d 45 14 there locks , e ch feet long feet wide , with feet of water on th e sills . Besides the regular lift locks there ar e two

a r s a an d a r e a . a p i of gu rd g tes one gu rd lock Tolls collected . Ves sels must not r un more than 4 miles an hour through the canal

a a h ad 3 ooks n d w reaches . The first Welland c n l 9 l a as not cut a a a through to Lake E rie . This c n l led into the Well nd river ; from there vessels passed into the N iagara river just below Grand Island an d a h a La e Th e r s then c me up t e N iag ra river to ke E ri . p e ent i La a a Welland canal s the third one built . The ke Ont rio entr nce is at Port D alhousie an d the Lake E rie entrance is at Port Colborne .

T h o a a am e La r t a e sec nd c n l built c into ke E ie a Port M itland . This old canal is still there but is used as a feeder for the pres ent canal .

a t o It It connects with the present new c nal a the t wn of Welland . h as 150 2 61 an d 6 locks feet long, 5 feet wide feet deep .

THE ERIE CANAL .

The E rie canal is a free waterway, having a capacity for boats

1 1 am an d 6 a o 98 feet long, 7 feet 0 inches be , feet dr ft . M st of the a a e a a oa o e an d freighting on this c n l is don by c n l b ts , t w d by horses n mules . Th e length of this canal is 3 63 miles a d the general width

a ar n d fa o A . e 2 is 70 feet . Connects Buf l with lb ny There 7 locks a T h o of e a 1 1 n d the total lift is 568 feet . e w rk construction b g n in 8 7a 1 2 or a th e canal was opened in 8 5 . The igin l cost was but im provem ents have brought th e cost to date up to

CHICAGO DRAINAGE CANAL .

1 Length , 28 miles ; from 60 to 2 90 feet wide ; 22 feet deep . Con

n ects Chicago with the D es Plaines river . Current figured at fr om 1 r A th 1 74 to 2 m iles an h ou . fter January 17 , 1907, the bridges crossing ’ 18 L S N THE LAKE PI OT HA DBOOK . .

this canal must go into service as movable bridges an d - the canal will e a a th n be free w ter way . Th e main object in building this canal was to ar r off u a er i c y the fo l w t of the Ch cago river .

ST . CLAIR FLATS CANAL .

1 1 7 . E a r o s Built in 8 xtends c s the St . Clair flats an d into Lake

a o . a e an d a a St Cl ir ; c nsists of two dikes , e ch fe t long with ch n

nel between them 292 feet wide an d twenty feet deep . There is also a new channel just completed (1906) on the west side of the west t dike , h e west dike ther efor e now being the dividing pier between wo the t channels . Upbound boats must take the eas t side , an d down a a th e e a an bound bo ts must t ke west sid . Without these piers ch nel

could not be kept open on account of drifting sand .

THE ST . LAWRENCE RIVER CANALS .

A boat coming from Montreal to Lake Ontar io would have to

2 1 o pass through six canals and make lockages . These locks w uld a 45 give a lift of 2 0756 feet . The tot l length of the six canals is m iles an d t h e length of the tr ip fr om Montreal to Lake Ontar io is — L — t of 182 miles . The first canal th e achine begins right a the city

“ — — Montreal and the las t canal the Galops is 7 miles below Ogdens M r a a o sea an d Ibur g . Ther e is free sailing from ont eal e stw rd t the a w estwar d from Ogdensburg to Lake E rie. The dist nce from Ogdens T h a r a b urg to Lake Ontar io is 62 miles . e dist nce from Mont e l to the

h f La 986 . m out o the St . wrence river is miles

r o The names of the six Canadian canals a e as f llows , beginning th F r r a at Montreal : The Lachine, the Soulanges , e Cornwall , a ns

a r om m ~ Point R apide plat an d Galops . These c nals a e built to acc o , ,

date boats 2 55 feet long , 42 feet beam and of 14 feet draft . But the new l ook at the F arrans Point canal is built to take in a whole tow o one lockage being 800 feet in length . The Gal ps lift lock is op at , i er ated on Sunday ; all the other canals ar e closed . A short d escr p

tion of these canals is given below :

THE LACHINE CANAL .

Length miles ; 5 l ooks ; total lift 45 feet ; locks ar e 2 70 feet of a a 14 long an d 45 feet wide ; aver age depth c n l feet . Th is canal

o t a to La an d o r o extends fr om M n re l the town of chine , ve c mes the a L r . S t. ouis pids

’ 20 PI LOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

a a a feet deep . The c n l is f lling into decay . The deepest draft that can now be carried through is about feet. The longest boat that n m n ca now be accom odated in th is ca al is 100 feet .

B Y PP GREEN A TO THE MISSISSI I .

V ia th e F ox n scon s n v r s a d Wi i Ri e . D a B a 8 F G 2 1 . ist nce from reen y to the Mississippi , miles rom

B a a 163 m . A a Green y to Port g e , on the Wisconsin river , iles dr ft of 6 n F r m about feet ca be carried . o there to the Mississippi the naviga tion of the Wisconsin river is very difficult an d the available channel is m less than 3 feet . But the navigation fro Green B ay to Menash a,

O skosh , and to Portage City is good . The total lift is about 200

6 l ks 4 feet , overcome by 2 oo , suitable for boats 1 0 feet long , 3 4 feet beam an d over 6 feet draft .

THE OSWEGO CANAL .

a a h as a a a a 98 17 10 This c n l c p city for bo ts feet long , feet

a and 6 af . a an d inches be m , feet dr t Connect Oswego with Syr cuse leads into the main line of the E rie canal .

D E S JARDINS CANAL .

Connects Burlington B ay with D undas . This canal is fast fall m ing into decay and is used only by s all boats . The length is 4 miles , width 50 feet, an d original depth was 7 feet, but h as now

only 4 feet depth . N o locks .

MURRAY CANAL, ONT .

th e B a of I b a L 61 Connects y Quinte with Presque sle y . ength 74 miles . N o locks . It is 80 feet wide at bottom , 120 feet at water sur

e low a ar e a and 11 at e a . f ce , feet de p st g of w ter Tolls collected .

RIDEAU CANAL, ONT .

Connects the Ottawa river at th e city of Ottawa with the east

La a at . L of a a a ern end of ke Ont rio Kingston ength n vig tion w ters , N a a 3 5 12 6 . miles umber of locks going from Ott w to Kingston , n n a a a 49 t a 14 d ece d i . G O scending, g , m king tot l of locks oing from 8 a 164 tawa, the lift is 2 2 feet , then drop of feet .

13 4 3 3 e 5 L . ength of locks feet, width feet, d pth feet The depth of the canal is feet . ’ PILOTs 2 1 THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

THE MIAMA AND ERIE CANAL .

Length 2 45 miles ; extends from Toledo to Cincinnati , enters 1 m Swan Creek at Toledo , 1 74 miles above its outh . Toledo to Junc n tion , top width 60 feet , bottom width 46 feet , depth 6 feet . Junctio

5 . a to D ayton , top width 50 feet , bottom width 3 6 feet , depth feet D yton

t 4 . to Cincinnati , top width 40 feet , bottom width 2 6 fee , depth feet k a 15 . Total number of locks 105 . Loo s 90 feet long , feet wide Tot l lift from Toledo to Cincinnati 3 74 feet.

THE OHIO STATE CANAL .

a a a a The Ohio c n l , which connects with the Cuy hog river

m a th e a aff an to . iles bove l ke , no longer ords outlet the Ohio river

It is navigable , however , for boats 90 feet long by 14 wide , drawing

4 N a 97 m a . a feet or less , to ewc stle , Ohio , miles fro Clevel nd Origin lly t a a La E a his c n l connected ke rie with the Ohio river , with Clevel nd t w a one end and Portsmouth at th e other end . The length as 3 09 144 oc a a 90 an d a miles , There were l ks , e ch with length of feet width n of 14 feet a d a depth of 4 feet .

ABOUT CANALS .

a e N a a a Vessels of not over eight feet dr ft , wh n coming up the i g r river to Buff alo c an overcome the rapids at Buff alo by taking the a a n d ship lock at Black R ock . This le ds into Bl ck R ock harbor a

th ff a a . 200 and 3 6 e ence to Bu lo h rbor The lock is feet long fe t wide .

Work is now in progr ess to enlarge an d im prove th e E rie canal a a a a a a a a so th t it will h ve c p city for b rges of tons , with dr ft 1 m a m of 2 feet . The esti ted cost of the i provement is a a a a Vessels using this c n l will h ve no sp rs or high upper works , s a the bridges will remain fixed . ’ 22 TH E Pr Lorr s N LAKE HA DBOOK .

E LIGHTH OUS S .

Ther e ar e 200 American lighthouses on the Gr eat Lakes.

r There a e 100 Can adian lighthouses on the Gr eat Lakes .

h r ar e 10 A T e e 0 pairs of merican r anges on th e Great Lakes .

Ther e ar e 3 0 pairs of Canadian ranges on the Great Lakes .

There ar e 12 Amer ican lightships on the Gr eat Lakes .

n Besides scores of float lights a d beacons . — The highest light on the lakes G rand Island light 205 feet . — , The highest lighthouse on th e lakes Stannard R ock and Wind th 102 Point lights , bo feet high .

T h e e s s a — ar e a i s old st lighthou e on the l kes M bl he d l ghthou e , built 182 1 F ; ort Gratiot lighthouse, built 1825 .

T r no here a e fir st order lights on the lakes .

ar e r — ca r There six lights of the second orde Spe t cle eef, Point a k I a N ottawasa a I a a a R an d Cl r , Cove sl nd , g sl nd , St nn rd ock , Grosse i L Po nt . M .

The majority of the lenses in the lighthouses of the lakes ar e of

the four th or der .

There ar e many r ecor ds of old time lighthouses , particularly the

Boulogne light house in th e E nglish Channel . It fell in 1645 after n n u a havi g been i se for ye rs . Moder n lighthouse construction dates from th e building of the

gr eat E ddystone lighthouse in 1759. The present Eddystone light

house is 13 2 feet high an d was finished in 1882 . h 15 The Bell R ock light ouse in Scotland is 1 feet high .

k r The S er ym or e lighthouse in Scotland is 13 8 feet high .

But two of the greatest undertakings in the line of lighthouse — construction ar e in th e United States Minots Ledge lighthouse B n a a a a a d R La r . in M ss chusetts y , Spect cle eef lighthouse in ke Hu on

‘ Both of these lighthouses were more d ifiicul t to construct than the famous E ddystone lighthouse . The foundation of the E ddystone

was a a r at a lighthouse bove w te . low tide , while both the Spect cle R eef an d Minots Ledge lighthouses h ad to be built up from below the water line . The original cost of the Spectacle R eef lighthouse was

while recently more was spent in improvements , making a total cost to date of Government statistics go to prove that Spectacle R eef is without a doubt one of th e most costly

lighthouses in th e world . ’ TH E Pr Lor s 23 LAKE HANDBOOK .

T THE STEAMBOA INSPECTION SERVICE .

Th e Inspection Service h as d ivided the waters of the United t r States into ten districts , presided over by Supervising Inspec o

General Geo . Uhler . The business of the Great Lakes is handled

‘ by the ofiicer s of the fifth , eighth , and ninth districts .

The fifth district embraces that portion of Lake Supe r ior bounded by the states of Minnesota and Wisconsin .

The eighth district embraces all the water s of the lakes north of

Lake E rie excepting those of th e fifth district .

t a a La e The ninth distric embr ces the w ters of the St . wrenc

a E r ar and a a ar e . river, l kes ie , Ont io, Ch mpl in , with the tribut y riv rs

E ach district is pr esided over by a Supervising Inspector as follows — F D a D I a. ifth district John . Slo n , ubuque , ow — E C . D . ighth district H . Westcott, etroit, Mich — N Ja a . inth district mes Stone , Clevel nd , Ohio

LOCAL INSPECTORS O F HULLS AND BOILERS .

F lf th D ist r ict .

R n . Of Hulls Of Boilers . eside ces

a h a ae F . a D . John Mon g n Mich l Ch lk uluth , Minn

Eigh th D ist r ict .

F . . a e D . rederick J Meno John H G lw y etroit, Mich

I . r a L. ll a R o a o I . B M nsfield y Peck Chic g , l a . k . E i a a . c ff a George W P rdee Ch s C Gr nd H ven Mich .

a . Y a . . oo a i Ch rles M ork Ch s M G ding M rquette , M ch . an F a . a A V a a . r nk W P tten Willi m . Collins Milw ukee , Wis A . . N a A . a Thos W Swift, sst. Perry . Kn ggs , sst Milw ukee , Wis .

a F a V an L n . Willis W . Stew rt r nk iew Port Huro , Mich

N int h D ist r ict. M N . N a cGr at a d ils B elson J mes h Clevel n , Ohio F L a . r . . . a ff R N Y . rede ick Pope Joseph G Schum cher Bu lo ,

James M . Todd , Asst . William P . N olan , Asst . Buff alo , N . Y . H A I Byron J . olt ndrew . Goodhue Burlington , Vt ,

R . i r R h N . Y . John Mo the obert C estnut Oswego ,

a . A . . F . P lietz Ch s Potter Wm Toledo, Ohio ’ 2 4 PILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

istr cts D i .

The Steamboat Inspection districts ar e number ed fifth , eighth , and ninth .

The Lighthouse districts ar e numbered ninth , tenth and eleventh . n The Life Saving distr icts ar e number ed tenth , eleventh a d twelfth .

LIGHTHOUSE SERVICE .

N — n n The inth district Lake Michigan a d Gree B ay . — A e a . a R The Tenth district m ric n shores of the St L wrence iver , La a N a a a R La E and th e a ke Ont rio , i g r iver, ke rie , lower p rt of the

D etr oit R iver . — The E leventh district F r om the R iver R ouge to the head of navigation in Lake Superior . — I N a r a U . . N a Ill . nspector inth district C pt . Per y G rst, S Chic go , — f a . U . . N . Y . I a a N . nspector Tenth district C pt Perry G rst , S , Bu f lo , — H U . . N I E . nspector leventh district Com erbert Winslow , S

D r h . et oit, Mic — E N a a . ar E n ngineer inth district M jor J mes G W ren , Corps of

A . gineer s, U . S . rmy, Milwaukee , Wis — E ngineer Tenth district Major Theodore A . Bingham , Corps of

A a N . Y E U . . . f ngineers , S , Bu f lo ,

- E e E a a H . a ngine r leventh district M jor L nsing Be ch , Corps of

E ngineers , U . S . A . , D etroit, Mich .

THE LIFE SAVING SERVICE .

— E n d r Tenth district Lakes rie a Onta io . — E leventh district Lakes H uron an d Superior .

—La a Twelfth district ke Mich ig n . — a D . . I . a General Superintendent Sumner Kimb ll , W shington , C — a A . Superintendents of Construction Lake districts , Capt in Chas .

A 17 a N ew Y a a h D 17 a bbey, St te street , ork city ; C pt in Jo n ennett , St te

street, N ew York city. ’ p iLOTs 25 THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

— a n Assistant Inspectors Tenth and E leventh distr icts , Capt in Da

l d n D r Li a . ie . H od s o B g , etroit ; Twelfth dist ict , euten nt Johnstone H

Quin an , Chicago .

— E a D istrict Superintendents Tenth district , E dwin . Chapm n , Buf

G . a a r a . a N . Y . E f lo , ; leventh district , Jerome Ki h , H rbo Be ch , Mich

a a h . a . Twelfth district, Ch s Morton, Gr nd H ven , Mic

Salaries of D istrict Superintendents , per annum .

Salaries of Keepers of Stations per season .

Surfm an , per month .

THE WEATHER BUREAU .

Headed by Pr ofessor Willis L . Moore .

a at a 1891 Org nized W shington in . Over 650 paid em ployes located at nearly 2 00 stations through out the United States and West Indies .

It also receives r eports of temperature from several hundred special observers and voluntary observers of local weather matters .

a a O f a am at 8 The bure u receives d ily two sets we ther telegr s , n a. m . an d at 8 p . m on which ar e based the morning a d evening

- weather charts an d the forecasts for the next th irty six hours .

MARINE HOSPITAL SERVICE .

Pr evious to 1884 a tax of forty cents a month was exacted by l aw n from every perso belonging to the crew of an American vessel . This m oney was used to carry on the work of th e Marine Hospital

. 1884 h as a a Service Since the service been free . Bl nk Hospit l cer tificates ar e furnished to masters of vessels . When a sailor needs m edicine or the services of a Marine doctor a blank is filled out an d t signed by h e master . This certificate is then countersigned by the a an d th e a D r a a s ilor given in to M rine octor . There a e M rine Hospit ls in three lake cities an d a Marine Physician in almost every lake port n of a y size . Marine H OS pital s an d Marine Physicians for the lake ports ar e as follows fi ’ ‘ c TH E L A PILOTs KE HANDBOOK .

o M ar in e H spitals .

— A r a a . . . at o mm a . Clevel nd , Ohi P ssed sst Su g H S . M hewson in co nd — Detr oit, Mich Sur geon F air fax Irwin in command . — Chicago , III Surgeon G . B . Young in co mmand .

n io Co tr act Stat ns.

N Y— s a . or s r . Oswego , Collect of Cu tom in ch ge — Buff alo, N . Y . Sur geon D . A . Carmichael in command . — . A A . a E P a. . . R . rie , cting sst . Surg W Hunter in ch rge — D a h . A a a o A A . . . . a sht bul , Ohi cting sst Surg H W orm n in c rge — F in a . a o A Ass . . A . . S ndusky, Ohi cting t . Surg Cook ch rge — A A . r E . F e ar e. Toledo , Ohio cting sst Su g . C . ish r in ch g — r . A A . . . r in a . Po t Huron , Mich cting sst Surg . W S Hende son ch rge

— ’ ll i . A A . . OR e a Saginaw , Mich . cting sst . Surg W J . y in ch rge — A . r t ar . . s r M La a A A . A . c M nistee , Mich cting st . Su g y in ch ge

— nn l Ludington , Mich . Acting Asst . Surg . A . P . McCo e l in charge .

— l k . A . . . e a a . A . W a a Gr nd H ven , Mich cting sst Surg W S y in ch rge — i A A . ar . a W s . . E . F ox Milw ukee, cting sst Surg W in ch ge — a a W is A A t . . . . E . Cheboyg n , cting ss Surg J C lfers in ch rge

— h r a W is A A . . . a a . M nitowoc , cting sst . Surg C M Gle son in c ge — A r . . A . a a . B a W is A . Green y , cting sst Su g W Sl ughter in ch rge — e . A A . . . R . a . M nominee , Mich cting sst Surg W Hicks in ch rge

—A A E a a a . . . . . R e a . sc n b , Mich cting sst Surg H B ynolds in ch rge

- a a . . Ac A . . F . ar e. S ult Ste . M rie , Mich ting sst Surg Townsend in ch g —A M D A . F . c . a a . a . M rquette , Mich cting sst Surg . H rkins in ch rge

— A ar A . . . . a . Houghton , Mich . cting sst Surg W S J ckson in ch ge — Ashland , W is Deputy Collector of Customs in char ge . — i A . . L . W s A . a a Superior , cting sst Surg B Sheh n in ch rge .

D h — A A . F . n . i r . . a . ulut , Minn cting sst Surg O Sherw in ch ge

2 8 ’ THE LAKE PILOTS HANDBOOK .

Regi str ation of Letter s an d Par cels B y Mar ine Letter

r r Car ie s .

f D . Post O fice , etroit , Mich To M AS TER A N D CR E W S D o not send money or other valuable matter in the mails with

out having it registered . The fee for registering a letter or parcel

is eight cents (8c . ) in addition to postage .

R a a at a ar e a at egistered rticles , prep id letter r tes , which m iled n f a d . r a a U . a e ddressed to S Post O fice , insured for their v lue up to ten dollars .

‘

Marine lette r carrier s will register every letter or parcel , not exceeding 4 pounds in weight , if it bear stam ps enough to pay the registry fee of 8 cents an d the postage ; or if the m oney to buy th em is furnished ; but

Letters must be enclosed in sealed envelopes strong enough to n a s afely carry contents a d be in perfect condition . P rcels must be wrapped an d tied so as to be secure an d yet adm it of an easy exam ination of their contents .

’ E ach article must bear sender s nam e an d th e addr ess to which h e a r a wishes his receipt sent , or the rticle eturned in c se of non n n d elivery, a d also the full nam e a d address of the person for whom it is intended .

a a a When the rticle is received by the m rine letter c rrier , he must a a an d r p ste his receipt for it on this c rd give it to the sende , to be

- c arefully pr eserved by h im . Within twenty four hours another r e c ei t m a m f p , in due for , will be m iled fro the post o fice to the sender at his address given on the registered letter or parcel . A receipt , s a a a igned by the ddressee , will lso be sent when the letter or p rcel n l h e is delivered . If either be not received within a r aso ab e tim e , t p ostmaster at D etroit should be notified .

If a a an d too much money be furnished to p y post ge fee , when s am ar e a a an a a c t ps not tt ched to rticle , or if the rti le should be found unmailable , the surplus money will be returned to and the sender

notified at the address given by him .

R egistered letters or parcels can not be delivered to persons on passing vessels , because the person addressed can not be identified and a a h im receipt t ken from by the marine letter carrier .

E E HOM R WARR N , P . M . ’ PiLOT 29 THE LAKE s HANDBOOK .

THE UNITED STATES LAKE SURVEY—NOTICE TO

MARINERS .

' It is the desire of the Lake Survey office to obtain the co operation of owners , shipmasters , an d pilots in its endeavor to gather an d authenticate reports of all newly discovered Obstructions or m enances to navigation .

Investigation O f some of the recently discovered shoals have disclosed the fact that knowledge of them h as existed among a few of H d m a the local navigators for years previous . a such infor tion been a an d a a a a g thered dissemin ted , it is prob ble th t serious dis sters which have happened , would have been avoided .

n l s R eports ar e requested of a y and al shoals , bars or wreck , known an d a or supposed to exist, not shown on the ch rts issued from this moe a an d an d a o ; lso of the positions of derelicts , of destroyed displ ced piers menacing safe navigation .

This office will endeavor to make an early investigation of thes e

n reports , an d prom ptly circulate reliable a d detailed information of

the results .

It e a a a a a a is suggest d , if pr ctic ble , th t n vig tors drop buoy where n a y obstruction is discovered , thus materially aiding in its definite location when subsequent exam ination is made by the government authorities . Address al l reports to F I AJ R . L. M O W SK , E A m D . Corps of ngineers , U . S . r y, etroit , Mich Lake Associations an nions

’ - THE SHIPMASTERS ASSOCIATION . The m em bership of this association is lim ited to those holding ’ a a c a U ae t m ster s ertific te , issued by the nited St t s governmen .

a a h as a a La This ssoci tion membership on the Gre t kes only .

Total membership in 1906, about 900. F raternal , paying d eath benefits .

a o r er Associ ti n Headqua t s .

N o 1— f N a . a . f Y . Bu lo , Ch pin block — N o. 2 . Port Huron , Mich , Jenkinson block .

— h ll N o. 3 a I . C ic go , , Schlosser building . 4— N . a 122 o a r . Clevel nd , Ohio, W te street — 8 N o. 6 a is 6 a W . Milw ukee , , Michig n street — . 6 o . 7 De 9 N a a . troit, Mich , Woodw rd venue — N o . 8 Marine City , Mich . , Commercial block .

N o — 9 . . Toledo , Ohio , Trier building

F — a A a e E . . a a . in nci l Secr t ry C pt G shley , Toledo , Ohio .

THE MARINE ENGINEERS ’ BENEFICIAL

ASSOCIATION . The membership of this association is limited to those licensed as engineers of vessels over 10 tons , by th e United States Steamboat I and U a s nspection Service , to those commissioned by the nited St te i n N R th e avy or evenue Cutter Service for engineering duty.

This association h as mem bership on all waters of th e United

S tates .

Lake mem bership , — Lake Business Manager Joseph R . Blanchett , Buff alo N . Y . — , N a a a A . a Ill tion l Secret ry George Grubb , Chic go , . ’ LAK PILOT s N 3 1 THE E HA DBOOK .

ociat ea r t r s Ass ion H dqua e .

N — N 1 Lodge o. 1 Buff alo , . Y 0 E xchange str eet . — d N o. 2 a O . 122 a e . Lo ge Clevel nd , , W ter str et — o N o. 3 D r . 4 2 r a a e. L dge et oit, Mich , G tiot venu

— ‘ L e N o. 4 a Ill r . odg Chic go , R eve e House — 9 . 4 d N . a 08 e o a av . Lo ge Milw ukee , Wis , Gr nd enu — o N o. 27 B a a . L dge y City , Mich W tson block — L N o . 3 7 O . a . odge Toledo , , Mitchell h ll — Lodge N o . 3 9 E rie , Penn . , 714 State street .

— 50 N . 43 . r o a . Lodge Port Huron , Mich , 9 W ter st eet

N 4 — Lodge o. 4 Manistee , Mich . , 3 93 R iver str eet . — L N o. 47 a . a h . odge S ult Ste M rie , Mic , Cook block . — 48 . Lo N o. a O o a e. dge S ndusky , , C lumbus , venu — N 5 i h . ar L o . 1 e a i odge Musk gon , M c , H kley B nk build ng .

’ N 5 — ar L o . 3 a a . odge M ine City, Mich H dden s h ll — N 55 . A L o . a . . H . a odge Cheboyg n , Mich , O h ll . — Lo N o . 67 au a dge S g tuck , Mich . — Lo N o . 72 O N . Y . o r F and a e . dge swego , , c rne irst M rket str ets — L N o . 3 B a . 3 2 1 a odge 7 Green y , Wis , W shington street .

— ’ Lo dge N o . 75 Alexandria B ay, N . Y F ir em en s hall . — N o. 76 r a H a . a and a Lodge G nd ven , Mich cor W shington H ll Sts .

— ’ Lo N . F r o. 77 a o o a a dge M nit w c , Wis , zier s h ll — L N o 8 D . L e . 7 odge uluth , Minn , yc um building — N 8 A . L o . 5 a a a odge lpen , Mich , M cc bee temple .

N 86— r e 18 o. a r Lodge M in tte , Wis Hosme street . — N 8 D c . 42 Lodge o. 7 etr oit , Mi h , Gratiot avenue . — N 88 B a . e L o . ar . odge Sturgeon y, Wis , C d street — 8 8 . 2 Lo dge N o. 9 Ogdensburg, N . Y , Isabella str eet. — A u . l N o . 91 a a O n Lod ge sht b l , , corner Cedar a d E m streets .

— 1 3 a Lod N o . 92 a . 0 e ge Sagin w , Mich , W shington avenu .

— ’ H h . F Lod ge N o . 102 South aven , Mic , rench s hall . ’ 3 2 P ILO'r s THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

EAME N ’ LAKE S S U NION .

Total lake membership, over

The mem bership of this as sociation is made up of wheelsmen, l h a a a ookoutsm en a a . w tchmen , , b rgemen, deck nds , co l p ssers , etc

Apprentices ar e given a Black Book by the union an d serve time a a a s h a a a ar e bo rd vessel a deck nds or co l p ssers . They then given

‘ an exam ination by union O fiicial s and if found com petent ar e given a and can v as a m Blue Book , then ser e wheelsmen , w tch en , lookouts men , or bargem en .

— l F n e a Il . a a W m . e Gr nd Secret ry j , Chic go ,

r r Headqua te s .

12 1 an d 12 3 N . D esplaines street, Chicago . Teleph one Monroe 13 2 1.

r s B an che .

—1 2 40 Milwaukee 3 3 Clinton street . Telephone South . — - ff 3 6 . Bu alo 55 Main street . Telephone Seneca 9 R — 8 . 55 Ashtabula 7 Bridge str eet Telephone 2 . — Cleveland 171 E . R iver street . Telephone (Bell ) Main 1295 .

— m m a 8 Toledo 719 Su it street. Teleph one Bl ck 69 1. — N orth Tonawanda 152 Main street . Telephone (Bell )

n Age cies .

— A s n Ashland 515 E . S econd street . hland Pho e 1563 . — 1 N . 5 Superior 72 1 . Third street Phone (Peoples ) 461 . — Ogdensburg 94 Ham ilton street . — B ay City 919 N . Water street . — D etroit 7 E . Wood bridge street . Telephone , 3 72 4 .

b - n c s Su Age ie . — E . Manitowoc 809 S . ighth street — . 5 E . 9 F E rie 107 Th ird street Telephone (Bell) 9 . — Conneaut 992 D ay street . — a a o 9142 a a . e 111 2 . South Chic g M ckin c venue T lephone S C . — Sandusky 1107Adams street . ’ A P iLOTs 3 3 THE L KE HANDBOOK .

MARINE COOKS AND STEWARDS UNION .

h ia n Total Lake member ship , The membership of t is assoc tio

made up of mar in e stewards , cooks , por ter s , etc . — ff a N . B . a . Y Gran Secretary . lker Bu lo , d H W , ,

— uff a N a a r s 55 a . Y . He dqu rte M in street, B lo,

B r an s che . — Ashtabula 74 Bridge str eet . — Cleveland 1 Atwater building . — Chicago 42 Wells street .

— r Milwaukee 3 17 F lorida st eet .

nc Age ies . — Ogdensburg 49 F ord street. — Toledo 15 Calvin building . — Superior 2 2 5 Tower avenue — Conneaut Harbor 180 Par k avenue .

—3 45 a Sault S te. Marie Port ge avenue .

—61 a r e Port Huron 7 W ter st et .

W AT E R T E N D E ’ MARINE FIREMEN , OILERS AND R S S BENEVOLENT AS O CIATION .

The members of this association ar e m ade m arine fir em en ,

o n d r ilers a wate ten d er s . Lake m em ber s hip o v er E a a dw rd St ck , President . a Mich el Cas ey, Secretary .

Geo . A H . Kennedy , ttorney .

B . C . R alph , Tr easurer .

H a a 71 a ff a o Y N . e dqu rters , M in Street , Bu l , . The Licens ed Officer s of the Steam er s

of the Gr eat Lakes

MASTERS , MATES , PILOTS , AND ENGINEERS .

Al l ofiicer s A m a am m Am a s of eric n ste ers ust be eric n citizen .

a n m M sters a d mates of lake stea ers ar e licensed pilots .

An applicant for a license to act as an officer on an American lake steam er S hall be exam ined by the local board of inspectors of steam t vessels for h e district in which he resides .

Inspectors will not issue licenses to pilots who cannot read an d write .

Inspectors will not issue or renew licenses to ofiicer s who can n ot properly hear the bell an d whistle signals .

A a f or as m a m a a e pplic nts license ster , te or pilot , must h v the c ertificate of a surgeon of a Marine H ospital Service to show that m t hey ar e free fro color blindness .

A n y applicant for license who h as been examined an d refused

- m a h as m ay be r e exa ined after one ye r expired .

A n applicant for license m ust make a written applicati on upon th a the blank form authorized by e bo rd of Supervising Inspectors .

An applicant for pilots license m ust also have the written eu d or sem ent of th e m aster and engineer of a vessel upon whic h he

and n as a a . h as served , of one lice sed pilot , to his qu lific tions

An applicant for an original engineers license must have the en d or sem ent of the master an d engineer of a vessel upon which he o m en h as served , together with the end rse ent of one other licensed

gl neer .

a an An officers license is good for five ye rs service , but if ex th e a h as ed amination is passed before origin l license expir , entitling

h im to a raise of grade , a new license of a higher grade will be

given him by the inspectors .

’ 3 6 Pr Lo'r s N OO THE LAKE HA DB K .

An y person h olding a license as first class pilot of lake steam ers m ay have his license endorsed to act as chief mate of coastwise m stea ers .

MASTERS .

N o license as m aster of lake steam ers will be issued to any per son who h as not served one year as first class pilot or chief m ate on lake steamer s .

r s Or th ee years a master of sail vessels .

Or three years as master of barge consorts while holding a a ’ first cl ss pilot s license .

A ny person h aving h ad three years actual experience as master of lake steam vessels of gross tons or over m ay be exam ined as a a a an d a a h ad for license chief m te of oce n ste mers , fter h ving ’ one year s actual experience as chief mate of ocean ste amers of m tons or over ay be examined as master of ocean steamers .

The following line of examination Sh all be given applicants for license as masters of lake steam vessels .

A S to his general knowledge of the duties of master of steam vessels.

A s to the knowledge of his d uties an d proper method of pro ced ur e in case of fire on his vessel .

A S to his kn owledge of proper managem ent of vessel and crew in

' case of collision an d sinking.

As to his executive ability generally to manage officers and crew .

A S to his knowledge an d ability to navigate steamers with safety to life and property .

A s to his knowledge of pilot rules governing the navigation of lake steamers .

A s to h is knowledge of S ignals between the pilot house and engine room .

A S to his knowledge of signal lights an d th eir proper position on steam an d all other vessels .

n d A s to duties of a maste r in case of f og or stormy weather , a on s uch other subjects in connection with the navigation of lake vessels as the inspectors m ay deem proper and necessary . ’ THE A PiLor s N 3 7 L KE HA DBOOK .

ENGINEERS .

N o person shall rec eive an original licen se as engineer or assistant engineer wh o h as not served at least three years in the e a a a a of engine rs dep rtment of ste m vessel , portion which experience must have been obtained within the three years next preceding the application .

But any person m ay be licensed to serve as an engineer of steam ’ vessels after having h ad one year s experience in the engine depart

r n ment of steam vessels , provided he h as ser ved thr ee years as app e e m a ad a a a a m tic to the chine tr e in m rine , st tion ry , or loco otive n h e gine works , or as served for not less than three years as a lo com otiv e a a r h as a a as a e a a or st tion ry enginee , or gr du ted m ch nic l m e engineer fro duly recognized school of t chnology .

N o original license shall be granted to an y engineer or assistant engineer who cannot read an d write and does not understand the a a e i pl in rules of rithm t c .

E ngineers of al l classifications m ay be allowed to pursue their pro f ession upon all waters of the United States in the class for which they ar e licensed .

’ A n y person holding chief engineer s license shall be permitted to act as first ass istant on any steamer of double the tonnage of

’ same class named in the said chief s license .

E ngineers of lake steam ers who have actually performed th e duties of engineer for a period of three years , shall be entitled to exam ination for engineer of ocean steamers .

An y assistant of ocean steam ers of gross tons or over , a h ad a a a f or a m a a h ving ctu l service in th t position one ye r , y h ve his license indorsed to act as chief engineer of lake steamers of 750 gross tons or under .

’ A ny person h aving h ad a first assistant engineer s license for two years an d having h ad two years experience as second assistant eu

’

in eer a a a e . g , sh ll be eligible for ex min tion for chief engine r s license

’ Any person having h ad a second assistant en gineer s license for two years , an d having h ad two years experience as third assistant a a ’ engineer , shall be eligible for ex mination f or first assist nt engineer s license .

n m a F irst, second , a d third assistant engineers y act as such

an a r a o as on y ste me of the gr de of which they h ld license , or such ’ 3 8 T A Pi Lor s N OOK HE L KE HA DB . assistant engineer on any steam er of a lower gr ade than those to which they hold a license.

’ An y person having a third assistant engineer s license for two years , and having had two year s experience as oiler or water tender

r e a a a a f or since ceiving s id license, sh ll be eligible for ex min tion ’ second assistant engineer s license .

An y assistant engineer m ay act as engineer in charge of a steamer of 100 tons an d un der .

A ny person holding a license as engineer of steam vessels , desir r ing to act as enginee of motor vessels , must be examined b y the local inspector s as to his knowledge of th e machinery of a motor vessel , and if found qualified shall be licensed as en gineer of m otor vessels .

SECTIONS OF REVISED STATUTES A N D OF RULES AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO LICENSED F F O ICERS OF STEAMBOATS .

The following sections of the R evised Statutes and extracts from th e Revised R ules and R egulations of the Board of Supervising In spector s ar e published herewith for the information of licensed ofiicer s ; an d their special attention is invite d to the penalties to which they r ender themselves liable by noncompliance with th e provisions ther eof :

—E er Sec . 4445 , R evised Statutes ver y master , chief mate , engine , an d pilot, who receives a license , S hall , before entering upon his

duties , make oath before one of the inspectors herein provided for, a a a h an d to be recorded with the certific te , th t he will f it fully honestly, a h is and al or ccording to best skill judgment , without conce ment l h h l reservation , perform a l t e duties required of im by aw.

E m very applicant for license as either aster , mate , pilot or engi neer under the p r ovisions of this title shall make and subscribe to an a af m a o th or fir tion , before one of the inspectors referred to in this ll a f or title , to the truth of a statements set forth in his applic tion such license .

Any person who shall make or subscr ibe to an y oath or affir m a tion authorized in this title and knowing the same to be false sh all

be deemed guilty of perjury . , L 3 9 THE LAKE PI OTS HANDBOOK .

E very licensed master, mate , pilot, or engineer who shall change, n n te by addition , inter polation , or erasure of a y kind , a y certifica or licen se issued by an y inspector or inspectors r eferred to in this a e ff title sh ll , for very such o ense , upon conviction , be punished by a fine of not m or e than five hundred dollars or by imprison ment at hard labor for a term not exceeding three years .

4 —E a n and Sec . 446, R evised Statutes very master , m te , e g ineer ,

S a e a S a an pilot who h ll rec ive license h ll , when employed upon y r v essel , place h is certificate of license , which shall be framed unde

a i a in can see gl ss , in some consp cuous pl ce such vessel , where it be n by passen gers and others at all times ; an d for every neglect to comply with this provision by an y such mas ter , mate , engineer , or

n pilot , he shall be subject to a fi e of one hundred dollars , or to the r evocation of his license. — Sec . 44 65 , R evised Statutes It shall not be lawful to take on board of an y steamer a gr eater number of passengers than is stated in the certificate of inspection ; an d for every violation of this pro a o e S a a an f or th e vision the m ster or wn r h ll be li ble , to y person suing

- same , to forfeit the amount of passage money and ten dollars f or each passenger beyond th e num ber allowed . — Sec . 4467, R evised Statutes The master of every passenger steamer shall keep a correct list of al l the passengers r eceived an d d a d a a and delivered from y to y , noting the pl ces where received a e a where l nd d , which record sh ll be open to the inspection of the inspectors an d officers of the custom s at al l times ; an d the aggr e gate n umber of passengers sh all be furnished to inspectors as often as a u c lled for ; but on routes not exceeding one h ndred miles , the m f nu ber of passengers , if kept , S hall be su ficient . — . 44 68 R a s E a an a Sec , evised St tute very m ster of y p ssenger am a t e a ste er who f ils , hrough neglig nce or design , to keep list of a as n a a a p ssengers , required by the preceding sectio , sh ll be li ble to penalty of one hundred dollars .

. 4441 R a . m a Sec , evised St tutes Whenever co pl int is made against an y engineer holding a license authorizing him to take h a th e an d m a of an am a h as c rge of boilers chinery y ste er , th t he , through negligence or want of skill , perm itted the boilers in his

a m b ad a h as ch rge to burn or otherwise beco e in condition , or th t he an d a a not kept his engine m chinery in good working order , it sh ll a a be the duty of the inspectors , upon s tisf ctory proof of such negli a e an d gence or w nt of skill , to r voke the license of such engineer 40 ’ THE LAKE PILOTS HANDBOOK . a h im a a a h im ssign to lower gr de or cl ss of engineers , if they find

fitted therefor .

1 n — r Sec . 4 , R ule IX , R ules a d R egulations When it is kn own o comes to the knowledge of the local inspectors th at any steam vessel is or h as been carrying an excess of steam beyond that which is ai

‘ l a of a s owed by her certific te inspection , the loc l inspectors in who e district said steam er is being n avigated , in addition to repor ting th e fact to the United States district attorney for prosecution unde r 443 7 R a U a a section , evised St tutes of the nited St tes , sh ll require the owner or owners of said steam er to place on the boiler of said steamer a lockup safety valve that will prevent the carrying of an excess of steam an d shall be under the control of said local inspectors .

On a a a a an Sh al the pl cing of lockup s fety v lve upon y boiler , it l be the duty of the engineer in charge of sam e to blow or cause the said valve to blow off steam at least once in each watch of six hours n or less , to determ ine whether the valve is in working order , a d it shall be the duty of the master of such vessel to see that this rule is

‘ n n r e observed , a d it shall be th e duty of the master a d engineer to port to the local inspectors an y failure of such valve to Operate .

In a a and a a a a c se no such report is m de , s fety v lve is found th t h as am th e n been t pered with or out of order , license of the engi eer having such boiler in charge an d the license of the master of such vessel shall be suspended or revoked .

It shall be the duty of th e local inspectors to send a copy of this rule to every steam er in their district when said copies ar e furnished D by the epartment .

4448 R a te s —All ffi Sec . , evised St tu o cers licensed under the pro visions of this T itle shall assist the inspectors in their exam ination an ofiicer s an d a of y vessel to which such licensed belong, sh ll point all an d m e m out defects i perf ctions known to the in the hull , equip or a h an d a a a ment , boilers , m c inery of such vessel , lso sh ll m ke known to at a all a the inspectors , the e rliest opportunity, ccidents or occur r ences producing serious injury to the vessel , her boilers , or m a chinery ; and in default thereof the license of any such officer so neglecting or refusing shall be revoked .

n s — a Sec . 2 2 , R ule V, R ules a d R egulation Before m king general repairs to a boiler of a steam vessel the engineer in charge of such a a a a ste mer sh ll report , in writing , the n ture of such rep irs to the local inspector of the district wherein such repairs ar e to be made . ’ L N 4 1 THE LAKE PI OTS HA DBOOK .

And it shall be th e duty of all engineer s when an accident occur s to the boilers or machinery in their charge tending to r ender the furth er use of such boilers or machinery unsaf e until r epairs r m a ar e made , or when , by reason of ordinary wear , such boilers o chiner y have become so unsafe to report the same to the local in spectors immediately upon the arrival of the vessel at the first port a a or a r re ched subsequent to the ccident , fte the discovery of such unsafe condition by said engineer . — . 23 R R n d R a s a am Sec , ule V, ules a egul tion Whenever ste er meets with an accident involving loss of life or dam age to property it shall be the duty of the licensed omcer s of an y such steamer to report the sam e in writing an d in person without delay to the nearest a : a a m a bo rd Provided , Th t when from dist nce it y be inconvenient to report in person it m ay be done in writing only an d the repor t sworn to before an y person authorized to administer oaths . — . 53 44 R a s E a a Sec , evised St tute very c pt in, engineer , pilot , or r r o an a a othe pe son empl yed on y ste mbo t or vessel , by whose miscon e or a th e duct, neglig nce , in ttention to his duties on such vessel life n of any person is destroyed , a d every owner , charterer , inspector , or ofiicer h a a other public , throug whose fr ud , neglect , conniv nce , mis or a law th e an S a conduct , viol tion of , life of y person is destroyed , h ll n be deemed guilty of the felony of manslaughter, a d upon conviction thereof, befor e any circuit cour t of the United States , shall be sen tenced to pay a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars , or to con fin m e ent at hard labor for a period of not more th an ten years , or either , or both : Provided , That when the owner or charte rer of an y

a a a a a an omcer ste mbo t or vessel sh ll be corpor tion , y executive of a a a a such corpor tion , for the time being ctu lly ch rged with the control an d a a a a a i m n g ement of the oper tion , equipment, or n vig t on of such a oa or wh o h as and a a ste mb t vessel , knowingly wilfully c used or llowed h a a a law suc fr ud , neglect, conniv nce , misconduct, or viol tion of , by an r a m which the life of y pe son is destroyed , sh ll be dee ed guilty of a a te r and i an the felony of m nsl ugh , upon conv ction thereof, before y r U a a t circuit cou t of the nited St tes , sh ll be sen enced to confinement at hard labor for a period of not more than ten years .

The attention of masters an d mates of steam vessels is par tic ul ar ly directed to the following rul es of the Board of Supervising

Inspectors , relating to the duties of master s and mates

50 R R an d R e a i s —It a Sec . , ule V, ules gul t on sh ll be the duty of th e omcer in charge of every steamer carrying passengers to cause b r to e p epared a station bill for his own departm ent , and one al so , 42 TH E A L S L KE PI OT HANDBOOK .

’ for th e engineer s department, in which sh all b e assigned a post or s tation of duty for every per son employed on board such steamer in case of fir e or other disaster ; which station bills shall be placed in

the most conspicuous places on board for the observation of the crew .

A nd S h it hal l be t e duty of such master, or of the mate or officer next in command , once at least in each week , to cal l all hands to

ar and e e i in i an d in th e a qu ters x rc se them the disc pline , unl shing an d h swinging out of t e lifeboats , weather permitting, an d in the use of the fire pumps an d all other apparatus for th e safety of life on board of such vessel , with especial regard for the drill of the crew in th e method of adjusting life-preservers an d educating passengers an d others in th is procedur e , an d to see that all the equipments r equired by law ar e in complete working order for immediate use and a as a a the f ct of the exercise of the crew , herein contempl ted , sh ll ’ be entered upon the steamer s log book , stating the d ay of the month and hour when so exercised ; and it S hall be the d uty of the inspectors to require th e officers and crew of all such ve ssels to perfor m the aforesaid d r ills and discipline in th e presence of the said inspectors at inter v als sufficiently frequent to assure the said inspectors by ao tual observation that the foregoing requirements of this section ar e complied with ; the master shall also report monthly to the local

th e d a an d a s h an d r inspectors y d te of uc exercise d ill , the condition of th e vessel an d her equipment, and also the num ber of passengers a an d an th e a th e ffi c rried , y neglect or omission on p rt of o cer in com mand of such steam er to strictly enforce this rule shall be deemed f cause for the suspension or revocation of the license of such o ficer . Three copies of this section sh all be furnished every steamer carry m n d ing passengers , to be fra ed under glass a posted in conspicuous places about the vessel .

a s —It a . 51 R R and R Sec , ule V , ules egul tion sh ll be the duty of th e mate of every inland or river steamer carrying passengers to assign to deck or steerage passengers the space they m ay occupy n on board during the voyage , a d to supervise the stowage of freight or cargo , an d see that the s p ace set apart for passengers is not eu

r h d a al a am e ll a a c oac e upon . He S h ll so c refully ex in a p ck ges of a a to and freight delivered on bo rd for shipment , with view detect prevent an y com bustible or other dangerous articles prohibited by l aw being delivered on board . Three copies of this section shall be

am wh a to a furnished every ste er to ich this section pplies , be fr med a and a a th e am under gl ss posted in conspicuous pl ces bout ste er , one of h a n whic sh ll be on the mai deck .

’ 4 4 N THE LAKE PILOTS HA DBOOK . — S ec . 4500 R a tes a f n , evised St tu The pen lty or th e violation of a y L I u provision of this Title ( I , R eg lation of Steam Vessels) , not other wise spec ially provided for , S hall be a fine of five hundred dollar s ,

a - a th e recover ble one h lf for use of the informer .

Licensed officers ar e notified that in case of th e loss of their an a s h can a a a license , through y c u e , t ey obt in certific te of such loss F 892 a a e a ( orm ) to t ke the pl c of the lost license , which certific te will hold good until the date of expiration of th e lost or destroyed

a ce a a license , or until the gr de of li nse is r ised , in which c se the certificate m ay be surr endered an d a new license issued indicating the new gr ade .

T H E EQUIPMENT REQUIRED B Y LAW O N A LAKE

FREIGHT STEAMER .

E m ergency steering gear .

One life-preserver for each an d every person allowed to be car ried on the steamer by the certificate of inspection .

Every life preser ver must be made of good block cork .

E m a at a o very life preserver ust cont in le st six pounds of c rk , n and must be at least 52 inches in length , a d capable of sustaining a weight having a direct d ownward pull of at least twenty pounds .

F am a an a reight ste ers must h ve equipment of buckets , b rrels

an d a as o o : s all a . xes , f ll ws (Gro s tons used in the following t bles )

l 1 1 ax e 2 A l steamers not over 0 tons , , buckets .

All am 10 o and n ot 2 5 t 1 ax e 4 ste ers over t ns over ons , , buckets ,

All o 2 5 and 50 a a steamers ver tons not over tons , 1 b rrel , 2 xes ,

6 buckets .

All steam ers over 50 tons an d not over 100 tons , 1 barrel , 2 axes ,

8 buckets .

l 1 n d 20 A l steamers over 00 tons a not over 0 tons , 1 barrel , 2 axes ,

12 buckets .

All am 200 an d 500 2 a 3 ste ers over tons not over tons , b rrels , ax 1 5 . es , buckets

All s a 500 an d r o 3 a te mers over tons not ove t ns , b rrels , 4 ax 2 0 . es , buckets ’ O S 45 THE LAKE PIL T HANDBOOK.

2 5 e . All steamers over tons , 4 barrels , 5 axes , buck ts

a a e ffi m T nks of suit ble dimensions , or buck ts in su cient nu ber , m ay be substituted for barrels on al l vessels . F ive buckets S hall be considered equal to one barrel .

r Buckets , barrels , or tanks must be constantly filled with wate and in such positions on board as shall be most convenient for use in case of fires .

Axes must not be used for general purposes . Steam pipes not less than inches in diameter must run from the boiler to the hold an d into each separate com partment of the

hold , to be used in case of fire .

Steam pipes not less th an y, of an inch in diameter must be led to all lamp lockers , oil rooms , etc .

The valves of these steam fire extinguishers must be placed in a a a an d a ai the most ccessible p rt of the m in deck , e ch one pl nly a marked to indicate the p rts of the vessel to which th ey lead . Over “ the row of valves must be put th e wor d s Steam fir e apparatus .

l l nd 011 o a A lamp lockers a r oms must be lined with met l .

All hose required for fir e purposes S hall be tested to a pressur e 1 a of 00 pounds to th e squ re inch at each inspection .

n F ire hose must be ot less than inches in diameter .

t . m Hose couplings must be of h e U S . Standard ake .

One hose wrench must be hung with a chain at each main .

l F ire mains must be led from the pumps to al decks , so arranged that an y part of the ste am er can be reached with water with the a a m an d m ea a 50- o full c p city of the pu ps , by ns of single f ot length of hose from at least one of said outlets .

am 15 an d m a Ste ers of tons under y use fire hose of y, of an inch in diameter . F reight steam ers must have life boats of sufficient capacity a a to c rry the crew with s fety .

The capacity of life boats S hall be determined by the following rule : Measure th e length an d breadth outside of the planking and the depth inside at the place of least depth . Then multiply the length n m by the breadth a d then ultiply by the depth . The result multi

- . 6 6 10 a a a plied by ( ) will give the c p city of the bo t in cubic feet. ’ 4 6 OO THE LAKE PILOTS HANDB K .

T o determine the n umbe r of passengers this boat will be allowed to

carry , for lake boats divide the result by 10; for river b oats divide

b y 8.

F or exam ple

1 6 2 A 2 6 2 . 20 boat is 0 feet long , feet wide , 74 feet deep x x $4>< a am cubic feet . persons for l ke ste ers .

persons for river steamers .

Life boats must h ave the following equipment

T wo life lines , 1 boat painter of Manilla rope not less than i a car s a car nches in circumference , full complement of , steering , m h oar a o n d . A an d 2 spare oars . Steering ust ve row l ck a becket rudder with suitable yoke ropes can be used instead of a steering a c ar . 1 boat hook , I bailing bucket with l nyard attached , 2 plugs f or each drain hole on wooden boats . Plugs must be attached with a

v a a . l anyard . 2 life preser ers in e ch bo t

it Life boats must be carried from d av ts or cranes . These d av itts an d cranes with their ropes and bloc ks m ust be of sufficient strength t o carry the boat with its full load .

h n d a t a Life boats must be over auled a p inted a le st once a year .

Life boat ropes an d tackles must not be painted .

Cubical contents of each life boat must be painted on the stem in b lack letters on white back ground . Letters and figures to be not less i t han n of an inch in height .

All m a am as oa a a equip ents of ste er , such buckets , b ts , xes , o rs , nd r afts , life preservers , floats , barrels , a tanks , S hall be branded with

r t h e name of the steam er upon which they a e used . E ach compartment of the hold of all steamers must h ave a sound in g pipe .

A steam S iphon or bilge pum p pipe must also be in each com part m ent .

All steam fire pum ps m ust be arranged so that they m ay be used

n a a r a o f or pum ping a d disch rging w ter ove bo rd fr m the hold .

Steam ers using the gong signals between th e pilot house an d en m a a a a a gine r oo sh ll h ve tube , of proper size , so rr nged as to return th e sound of the gong to the pilot h ouseuan d must also be provided w ith a speaking tube or other device for the purpose of conversation n o between the pilot house a d engine ro m . ’ A N B 47 THE L KE PILOTS HA D OOK .

When the so-called engine telegraph is used the S ignal must al ways be repeated back .

a Motor vessels , other than steam vessels , S hall be provided with whistle to be blown by compressed air or oth er power , to give the necessary signals to passing vessels .

The fog bell required by l aw on lake freighters must be not less than eight inches in diameter .

All steam whistles shall be placed on the forward side of the s a not a S ix a to mokest ck , less th n feet bove the p of the pilot house , where the height of the sm okestack will admit of this without the whistle extending above the top of the smokestack .

On ste amers where the distance is more than 150 feet between d o a a a e eck h uses , wire c ble sh ll be stretched betwe n the deck houses l m s n at al ti es when the ves el is loaded a d being navigated , this cable to be not less th an 5 feet from the deck ; an d there shall be attached at all tim es to the cable a traveler with a line of sufficient continuous length to insure its operation , in order that com munication between both ends of the vessel m ay be facilitated at al l tim es . F ailure to have such cable stretched an d traveler attached at all times when the vessel is loaded and being navigated shall be sufficient cause for the m a fii e suspension of the license of the ster or o c r in charge .

On all steamers where the distance is more than 150 feet between a and a a th e o perpendicul rs of pilot house forw rd p rt of engine r om , there shall be com munication by means of a telephone between the pilot house an d engine room , such telephone to be installed in lieu of a s peaking tube .

F reight an d towing steamers of over 2 50 tons sh all be provided a as a : with chemic l fire extinguishers here fter prescribed , viz

F ire E xtinguishers . S team ers from 2 50 to 500 tons 1 Steamers over 500 tons

All chemical fire extinguish ers thus provided for shall be able to

a a 3 50 a fir e withst nd pressure of pounds to the squ re inch , except such extinguishers as have no stopcock or valve between the chamber an d d h a a m a a a to isc rge , in which c se they y be used fter h ving been tested h 150 pounds pressure to t e square inch . ’ 48 P iLOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

THE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED O N PASSE NGER

STEAMERS .

l w The equipment for by a on passenger steamers is , for the most

a am as a . a p rt, the s e th t required for freighters The following rticles ar e required f or passenger steamers in addition to those m entioned for

freight steamers .

Ladders for passengers to descend to the life boats .

N o n t less tha three water tight cross bulkheads .

Portable chem ical fire extinguishers as follows

Steam ers under 50 tons 1 fire extinguisher

Ste am ers from 50 to 100 tons 2 fire extinguishers

Steam ers from 100 to 500 tons 3 fire extinguishers

Steamers from 500 to 1000 tons 6 fire extinguishers

Steam ers over 1000 tons 8 fire extinguishers

All chemical fire extinguishers shall be able to withstand a pressure

3 00 th e a h as h a cook of pounds to squ re inc , except such ve no stop

a e a an d a a t m a or v lve betwe n the ch mber disch rge , in which c se hey y be used afte r having been tested to 150 pounds pressure to the square inch .

a and a a am m as The b rrels , buckets , xes on p ssenger ste ers ust be follows

All a am not 10 2 1 ax e p ssenger ste ers over tons buckets ,

an d 25 n 4 1 ax e Over ten gross tons not over to s buckets ,

2 5 an d 50 . . 1 a e 6 2 a Over gross tons not over tons b rr l , buckets, xes

50 o and r 100 . . 1 a 8 2 a Over gross t ns not ove tons b rrel , buckets , xes

100 an d 2 00 . 2 a 18 4 a Over gross tons not over tons b rrels , buckets , xes

200 t an d n ot 500 . . 4 a 24 6 a Over gross ons over tons b rrels, buckets , xes

500 an d 1000 . 6 a 3 5 8 a Over gross tons not over tons b rrels , buckets , xes

Al l a 1000 . a 50 10 a ste mers over tons b rrels ; buckets , xes

’ 50 L S THE LAKE PI OT HANDBOOK .

” AMERICAN PORTS ON THE GREAT LAKES THAT

HAVE CUSTO MS OFFICERS .

A a a a . . lgon c . H rbor Be ch Port Clinton

A a. o a . lpen H ll nd . Port Huron

A o a . ll uez . Houghton . Port Ont rio

A o Aux F . a . shl nd . Huron P int renes I La S u a . Ashtabula. Isle R oy le Presque sle ( ke

B I a o . a . y City . Kelley sl nd peri r)

a . fi o a. R B ay el d . Ken sh cine

R Lan . a K en waun ee. Benton H rbor . oberts ding a a . Buff alo . Lake Linden . S gin w

a . Charlevoix . Lorain . S ndusky a i a . . L . Chicago. udington S ult Ste M r e

o . Cheboygan . Mackinac Island . S dus Point

a a a . Clevel nd . M rine City . South H ven

o a o. Conneaut . Marysville . S uth Chic g a D . a . etroit M rquette . Sheboyg n

a . o . . D et ur . Marinette St Cl ir

‘ I a a e . D . . uluth M nist e . St gn ce

’

D unkirk . Manistique . St . Joseph .

E k R a a o B a . l . pids . M nit woc Sturgeon y “ m o E rie . Meno inee . Superi r .

a a a a . . E sc n b . Milw ukee Toledo a a a a a o . F a . ir H ven . Michig n City T n w nd

F airport . Mount Clemens . Trenton .

a . F rankfort . Munising . Tr verse City a o a o . . Grand H ven . Muskeg n Two H rb rs

a a N o a a a. m . Gr nd Mar is , Mich . orth T n w nd Ver illion a a a . . Gl dstone . Oscod W shburn uk B . VVa e an a . Green y Oshkosh g .

a . o I . Gr sse sle . Oswego Wy ndotte ’ A N O 5 1 THE L KE PILOTS HA DB OK .

CANADIAN PORTS ON THE GREAT LAKES THAT F HAVE CUSTO MS OF ICERS .

Leamington . P el l ee Island . r Little Cu rent . (west dock. ) R Meaford . ondeau .

a . a a Midl nd S rni .

Michipicoten . Sault Ste . Marie . r Mo r isburg . Southhampton .

a ar a. N i g Spanish R iver .

a . T a O kville hess lon . t Owen Sound . Toron o . a P rry Sound . Thorold .

Picton . Trenton . a a a Penet nguishene . W ll ceburg . E a Point dward . W lkerville .

r r Port A thu . Welland .

Port Burwell . Whitb y .

Port Colborn e . Wiar ton .

Por t Credit . Windsor .

Por t Dalhousie . a Port St nley .

CANADIAN PORTS ON THE GREAT LAKES THAT

HAVE AMERICAN CO NSULS .

Goderich . Port R owan .

a . H milton Quebec .

. a a Kingston S rni . a a S te a Montre l . S ult M rie . o N iagar a F alls . T ronto . a n . a Owe Sound W ll ceburg . a Par r y Sound . Wi rton .

Picton . Windsor.

Port H ope . LA W S

LAWS RELATING TO ENTRANCE AND CLEARANCE

OF FOREIGN VESSELS AT AMERICAN PORTS .

R ev is ed S tat utes, S ec. 3 109 “ ” Master must S ign all oaths before Collector to enter or clear

vessels .

R . 3 . S ec . 2768 Th e word master m ay include an y person having the chief a a th ch rge or comm nd of e employment an d navigation of a vessel .

R . 8. S ec . 2766 ” r a e m a The word me ch ndis y include goods , wares , an d chattels r a a m r of every desc iption c p ble of being i po ted .

e 77 R . 8. S c . 2 1 Vessels which ar e not of the United States can unlade at a por t of entry .

. 2773 R . 8 S ec . Cannot depar t from a port after ar r ival without report or entry at o the Custom H use .

. 2774 R . 8. S ec Master must repor t verbally within 24 hours after arrival fr om a foreign port to chief officer of Customs during ofiice hours an d must make written r eport within 48 hours an d in any event must file wr it ten r eport before per mits can issue to unlade cargo .

2 75 R . 8. S ec . 7 Must make S pecial r eport in writing of all S pirit an d wines on board as cargo and sea stor es an d all spir its omitted from r eport is for feited .

R . 3 . S ec . 2795 Master must specify sea stor es in r epor t or manifest made b y h im on entry of vessel fr om a for eign por t and duty m ay be collected on excessive stor es . ’ PILOTs N OO 5 3 THE LAKE HA DB K .

R . . 2 796 8. S ec

If a gr eater quantity is found than shown on manifest or if any ar e landed without per mit from Collector such ar ticles ar e for feited and master liable to penalty of three times th e value of the articles omitted or landed .

R . 8. S ec. 2 806

N o mer chandise shall be br ought in . the United States fr om a foreign port unless the master h as on boar d manifests in writing of s e such cargo signed b y such master, viz : N ame of th e port wher a es er e merchandise is laden . N am e of the ports in the United St t wh

r mer chandise is destined . N ame , desc iption , build of vessel , tonnage, port of hail, name of owner and name of master . A par ticular ac count of th e mer chandise so laden on boar d wheth er in packages or n n loose , of every kind a d nature , marks a d numbers, etc . , names of the persons to whom such packages ar e respectively consigned agr ee

‘ ’ ably to the bills of lading unless consigned to order when it shall “ ” b e so stated , an account of the sea stores.

N ames of the passenger s and an account of th e baggage belong

ing to them .

R . 8. S ec . 2809

F or a a an e b a f ilure to h ve correct m if st, except y ccident or mis a as r a e a e a to a s a e n ot t ke , m te li ble to p n lty qu l v lue of uch merch ndis included and all such mer chandise not included and consigned to master or crew S hall be for feited .

R . 3 . S ec . 2811

Master must produce wr itten manifest to omcer of Customs wh o

first comes on boar d after ar r ival .

Act Mar c h 2 , 1895 , S ee. 9 Master must mail a tr ue copy of for egoing manifest to Auditor of

a D a a e S oa r Tre sury ep rtment, W shington , b fore igning ths on an ent y r r t of vessel from a fo eign po , before Collector of Customs . E nvel o opes furnished by U . S . p stage paid by master .

R . 8. S ec . 2867

Must obtain per mit before unloading any cargo , passengers or b ag gage .

. e 2 72 R . 3 S c. 8

Can only unlade in open d ay between r ising an d setting of sun .

R . 8. S ec . 2 871 t Must have license under bond from Col lector to unlade at nigh . ’ 54 L THE LAKE PI OTS HANDBOOK .

R . 8. secs.

a and a an Speci l permits inspection in c se of l ding spirits , wines ,

- - - - R . s. S ecs . 2875 6 789 I nspectors must remain on boar d during unlading of car go .

R . 3 . S ec. 2888

o When merchandis e is delivered c mplete , Inspector will make

written report an d vessel can then clear .

R . 8. S ec. 2 891 Vessel arr iving in distr ess can have cer tain privileges upon m as ter making protest, good s and mer ch andise can be stored on shor e and r eladen same in case of obstruction by ice .

R . 8. S ec. 2 798 m Master ay retain al l coal on board an d proceed .

R . 3 . S ec . 2803 An y baggage or personal eff ects in transit to a foreign country m ay be delivered to Collector an d by him delivered to per sons . on de parture for foreign destination ; or m ay r emain on board of vessel at

Option of Collector .

. 7 R . 3 S ec . 2 7 9

May proceed to other districts in the United States with mer ch and is e destined for such districts .

R . 3 . S ec. 2780 Must obtain copy of report at port of first arrival provided de

parture is not within 48 h ours f or such other distr ict .

. e . 2 781 R . 8 S c

t 2 4 o r a a a an as Wi hin h u s fter rriv l within y other district, m ter shall report to or with collector showing copy of manifest obtained m fro collector in other districts .

R . 8. S ec . 2 782

a r an M ster must give bond to delive merch dise in other districts .

2784 R . 8. S ec. If master neglects to obtain copy of manifest an d report or neg

. 5 lects to deliver same to collectors in other districts . $ 00 penalty .

R . 8. S ec . 2 785 The owner or consignee of an y merchandise on boar d shall enter s am i e w thin 15 days after report by master . ’ T A PI LOTs OO 5 5 HE L KE HANDB K .

R . 8. S ec . 2 776

May pr oceed with any merchan dise brought in h er an d shown on manifest delivered to Collector within 4 8 hours after ar rival as d es S ec n . . tined f or a y foreign port, upon bond being given as in R . S

2777.

R . 8. S ec . 3 110 N o m erchandise S hall be laden at a United States port into a foreign vessel and tr anspor ted to another United States port even

- though r e shipped at a foreign port into another vessel , etc .

Act of June 19, 1886, S ec . 8

Act F eb r uar y 17, 1898, S ee. 2

N o f oreign vessel S hall transport pas sengers between ports places in th e United States either directly or by way of o a 200 a a r f reign port. Pen lty $ for e ch p ssenge .

Perm ission m ust b e obtained from United States Collector

Customs for a foreign vessel to enter Lake Michigan .

’ All blank ‘oaths upon entry or clearance and envelopes to mail copy of manifest to Auditor of the T reasury at Washington can be obtained at Custom H ouse an d m ay be completed by purser but must ofii cer be S igned an d sworn to b y master in presence of Custom .

LAWS RELATING T O T H E ENTRANCE A N D CLEAR ANCE O F AMERICAN VESSELS AT CANADIAN

PORTS .

Al l foreign vessels trading on the coast and enter ing the har bors

a a a sea or a a ar r o of C n d from inl nd w ters , e gove ned by the f llowing rules :

Section 1. F oreign vessels m ay transport cargo an d passengers fr om a foreign por t an d land the same at two or more Canadian

r a a o al l a a and po ts , cle ring from e ch in successi n until of s id c rgo r passengers a e landed .

F r m a a n 2 . e a Sec . o eign vess ls y t ke c rgo a d passengers fr om two or more Canadian ports an d transport the same to a foreign a r a port , cle ring f om e ch in succession , but taking final clearance f or such foreign por t at the last Canadian por t which they enter on such voyage . ’ IL T 5 6 THE LAKE P O s HANDBOOK .

3 F o a a or a at Sec . . reign vessels sh ll not t ke freight p ssengers and one Canadian port and lan d the same at an other Canadian port, th e master or owner of an y vessel found to have violated this r ule

a enlt 400 f or ac of and shall be subject to p y of $ e h such fense , the ves sel m ay be detained until the same is paid .

Sec . 4 . F oreign vessels br inging car go or passengers fr om a to a foreign port m ay , after landing the same, be permitted cle r light to anoth er Canadian port for th e purpose of loading cargo for a foreign r m por t , and m ay clear f o port to port to complete such car go, taking

final clearance as above .

m m Sec . 5 . F oreign vessels ay tow other vessels or things fro a foreign port to a Canadian port ; but if they dr op or part fr om any se a a a a h S a a a a such ves l or thing in C n di n w ters , t ey h ll not g in t ke such vessel or thing in tow for the purpose of moving the sam e further in

Canadian waters .

a t a . 6 F m ow Sec . oreign vessels y other vessels or things from an a a a o a C di n port to foreign p rt, but h ving parted from such vessels of things , or any of them , in Canadian waters , they cannot again take such vessels or things in tow to move them fur th er in Canadian waters ; but this an d the preceding rule ar e not to apply to an acci dental parting of such vessel b y breaking hawser or other temporary a dam ges .

o r i il Sec . 7. F oreign vessels shal l be entitled to the foreg ing p v eges only on condition of str ict compliance with the provisions of “ A ct a an d a The Customs , respecting reporting inw rds outw rds on

entering an d leaving Canadian por ts by the mas ters of such vessels .

a or a e o Sec . 8. Where vessels bring c rgo p sseng rs from a f reign a a a o as r port consign ed to more th n one Can di n p rt , the m te s of such vessels must make a full report of the whole contents at the first to a por t of entry, an d distinguish therein the items be there l nded ar an d the ports at which all other items e to be landed . Such n a repor t must be made in duplicate , with a additional copy for e ch succeeding por t at which there ar e good s to be landed ; an d the col lector or proper officer of Customs shall mark each item in such r e t ii an d a an por with the entry number , entered , in c se of y item o o a landed an d placed in suff erance wareh use with ut entry , it sh ll “ ” be marked with the letter L in the said r eport ; duplicate copies to at a and ot a be filed s id first port of entry , the hers to be c rried with

an d on e at a e o e r . the vessel , to be filed e ch succ eding p rt of nt y

112 Act h f to . A s . t ee 9. e Sec required by Sec of The Customs ,

' ’ 5 8 PiLor s THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

T h e name of every documented vessel of the United States must a u a d th be m rked pon e ch bow an upon the stem , an d e home port must also be mar ked upon the ster n . These names must be painted or il e car ved and gu d d , in R oman letters in a light colo r on a dark

ground , or in a dark color on a light ground , and be distinctly visible .

The smallest letters used must not be less in S ize than four inches .

Steamers must also have th e name on each outer S ide of the

- - pilot house , and (in case the ves sel h as S ide wheels ) on the outer S ide o - f each wheel house , in letters not less than six inches in length .

Steam vessels navigating must have inspection certificate .

The names of yachts an d of their hailing ports must appear on a of r a some conspicuous p rt thei hulls . N mes of vessels can be changed only as provided for by l aw.

The draught of ever y registered vessel shall be marked upon th e m n ste a d stern post , in E nglish feet or decimeters , in either Arabic or a m R oman numer ls . The bottom of each nu eral shall indicate the

draught to that line .

E a at very ch nge of Master must be reported the first port, and

indorsed on th e marine doc ument .

A n a o a a a y ccident, c llision , or c su lty c using loss of life or injury r t a to p erson or property must be repo ed within five d ys .

The Atlantic seacoast is divided into three Great Coasting D is tr icts : The first exten ds from th e eastern boundary of th e United o States t the souther n boundry of Georgia. The second from the

r iver F erido , the easter n boundry of Alabama, to the R io Grande .

The third comprises the coast of the state of F l orida.

L a or a icensed vessels under twenty tons , in ball st, l den wholly w A a o or or n ith meric n go ds , with distilled spirits , foreig goods , in a a as t o a al p ck ges impor ed not exceeding f ur hundred doll rs in v ue , or foreign good s the aggregate value of which does not exceed eight a m a a a m a a hundred doll rs , y tr de from custo s district in one St te to c o a or an a a an d a ust ms district in the s me djoining St te , vessel of or a m a a o on e twenty tons burden more , so l den y tr de fr m customs a am G a D i or a a district to nother in the s e re t istr ct , from St te in one G a D an a a a G a D re t istrict to djoining St te in nother re t istrict, with or a o out entering cle ring, but such vessels must be pr vided with m anifest .

R a r egistered vessels , whether l den or in ballast a e required to a an d s i r a cle r enter in every di trict, unless from one d st ict to nother ’ T PIw Ts N 59 HE LAKE HA DBOOK .

th a in e s me or an adjoining State on the s eacoast, an d not laden with l o a a a distil ed spirits or foreign go ds , the ggreg te v lue of which ex ceed s n in r eight hundred dollars , a d every case , if register shows e ba te of duties allowed . 0 All vessels engag ed in th e coasting trade m ust enter an d clear r except unde the above circumstances .

R egisters S hould b e deposited in the custom-house and obtained a before cle rance .

Vessels with merchandise ar riving at any port and remaining

- o r r r ofiicer . twenty four h urs , must epo t to the prope of the customs

Before a vessel can obtain enr ollment an d license for the coast ing tr ade, cargo br ought from a foreign country must be discharged , and indorsements of r ebates of duties canceled .

Boats an d lighters not masted , or if masted , not decked , em ployed in a harbor exclusively ; boats under fiv e tons in burden ;

canal boats , without propelling apparatus of their own , while em ployed in voyages wholly or par tly on the canals or other internal a an d flat a b ar waters of a State , an d not carrying p ssengers ; bo ts , an d a a o o ges , like cr ft, not propelled by intern l m tive p wer of their o a ar e o own, on the rivers r lakes of the United St tes , exempt fr m o es the navigation laws above menti ned . Other v sels employed with a a to a an d a ar e in out m rine p pers become subject pen lty , pen lties curr ed by violation oi the navigation and inspection laws mentioned

above .

VESSEL PAPERS .

According to a new r uling of th e department of com merce and a r ff a a 1 1907 l bo , which goes into e ect on J nu ry , , vessel enrollments and vessel licenses will be consolidated into one document by the l a s c ustoms authorities . At th e present time a l boats have two p per

—e n nrollment a d license .

Under the old l aw all masters who do not surr ender the license s 5 for their boats within three days after expiration ar e fined $ 0, but th is fine was generally remitted . Under the new act, however , a fine of $10 will be collected for every failure an d this amount will n ot an a be refunded under y circumst nces . ’ 60 N THE LAKE PILOTS HA DBOOK .

LAWS GOVERNING LIGHTS .

Rev i sed Statutes .

n Sec . 53 58. E very person who holds out or S hows a y n false light , or extinguishes an y true ligh t, with intent to bring a y vessel , sailing upon th e sea, into danger or distr ess , or shipwreck , shall be punished by a fine of n ot more th an five th ousand dollar s , and imprisonment at hard labor not more than ten years . AN ACT to author ize additional aids to navigation in the Light

H ouse E stablishment .

Be it enacted by th e Senate and House of R epresentatives of the U a A a a nited St tes of meric in Congress ssembled , t t t t t n Sec . 3 . That after the first d ay of January, nineteen hu dred an d S a be a an a r a or seven , it h ll unl wful for y person , comp ny, corpo tion , a i - a municip lity not under the control of the L ght House Bo rd , to a a a th e a a a U est blish , erect, or m int in in n vig ble w ters of the nited a an as an aid a a or an o aid a a St tes y light to n vig tion, y ther to n vig tion similar to any of those m aintained by the Un ited States under the c and L - a a ontrol direction of the ight House Bo rd , without first obt in so m th e L - a a a ing permission to do fro ight House Bo rd , in ccord nce with r ules and r egulations to be established by the Secretary of Commerce an d Labor ; an d any person violating the provision s of this section or an y r ules and r egulations established by the Secretary of Commerce an d Labor in accordance her ewith shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor an d be subject to a fine not exceeding the of n e a a ff and a d a i sum one hu dr d doll rs for e ch o ense , e ch y dur ng which such violation shall continue Sh all be considered as a new off ense .

Approved , June 20, 1906.

LAWS FOR THE PROTECTION OF AIDS TO

NAVIGATION .

n a s U ited St te .

and AN ACT making appropriations for th e construction , r epair ,

a o r a r an d a an d preserv ti n of ce t in public works on ivers h rbors , for other purposes .

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of R epresentatives of U a A a a a the nited St tes of meric in Congress ssembled , Th t the fol ’ T PILOTs 61 HE LAKE HANDBOOK .

and ar e e a r o a a d lowing sums of money be , h reby , pp pri ted , to be p i

out of any money in th e Tr easur y not other wise appropriated , to b e n immed iately available, a d to be expended under th e direction of th e ar W ar and t h e E r s Secret y of the supervision of h e C i f of nginee , for

th e con str uction , completion , repair , and pr eser v ation of th e public works her einafter named : t t t t t 4 1 . a S n r S ec . Th t it hall not be lawful f or a y pe son or persons a or a an to t ke possession of m ke use of for y purpose , or build upon ,

alter , deface , destroy , move , injure , obstruct by fas te ning vessels n ther eto or otherwise , or in a y man ner whatever impair the useful of an ea ness y s wall , bulkhead , jetty, dyke, levee , whar f, pier , or other a r wor k built b y the United St tes , o any piece of plant, floating or other r r h wise, used in th e const uction of such wo k under t e control of the

United States , in whole or in part, f or the pr eser vation an d impr ove n n ment of a y of its avigable waters or to prevent flood s, or as r boun dar y mar ks , tide guages , su veying stations , buoys , or other estab lish ed marks , nor r emove f or ballast or other purposes an y stone or other material composing such works : Pr ovided , That the Secretar y of

W ar m ay , on the r ecommendation of the Chief of E ngineer s , grant permission for the tempor ary occupation or use of an y of the afore mentioned public works when in his judgm ent such occupation or not use will be injurious to the public interest.

5 S a not a u or a se 1 . a Sec . Th t it h ll be l wful to tie p nchor ves ls or other craft in navigable channels in such a manner as to prevent or obstruct the passage of other vessels or craft ; or to voluntarily

or a a e c relessly sink, or permit or c us to be sunk , vessels or other

craft in n avigable chann els ; or to float loose timbers and logs , or to float what is known as sack rafts of timber and logs in streams or channels actually navigated by steamboats in such manner as to

o or a a a . And e a a bstruct , impede , end nger n vig tion when ver vessel , r ft , n or other craft is wrecked and sunk i a navigable ch annel , acci h dentally or other wise , it S hall be t e duty of the owner of such sunken cr aft to immediately mark it with a buoy or beacon during t i n the d ay and a lighted lantern a n ght , a d to maintain such marks

until the sunken craft is r emoved or abandoned , and the neglect or failur e of th e said owner so to do shall be unlawful ; and it S hall be th e duty of the own er of such sunken cr aft to commence th e and immediate r emoval of the same , prosecute such r emoval diligently, and failur e to d o so S hall b e considered as an abandonmen t of such n th e sa e to r a b th e U ed a es as cr aft, a d subject m emov l y nit St t h er einafter pr ovided f or . ’ 62 A S A THE L KE PILOT H NDBOOK .

Sec . 16. That every person and every corporation that shall i violate , or that shall knowingly a d , abet , authorize , or instigate a n n violation of the provisio s of sections fourteen , an d fiftee of this Act S hall be guilty of a misdemeanor , an d on conviction thereof S hall be punish ed by a fine not exceeding twenty-fiv e hundred d ollars nor less than five hundred dollars , or by imprisonm ent (in the case of a natural person ) for not less th an thirty days nor m ore t a a an d m e h n one ye r , or by both such fine imprison nt, in the dis

- c retion of the court , one half of said fine to be paid to the person o r m a o h a a to An d persons giving infor ti n which s ll le d conviction . n an y an d every master , pilot, a d engineer , or person or persons a a a e a an oa s cting in such c p city, respectiv ly, on bo rd of y b t or ves el wh o S hall willfully injure or destroy an y work of the United

a m a o of Act wh o a St tes conte pl ted in secti n fourteen this , or sh ll willfully obstruct the channel of any waterway in th e m anner con A t t em pl ated in section fifteen of this c , shall be deemed a a h Act an d a o guilty of viol tion of t is , sh ll up n conviction be as h o and a a punished hereinbefore provided in t is secti n , sh ll lso have his license revoked or suspended for a term to be fixed by

‘ and A n an o o . d a the judge before wh m tried convicted y b t , vessel , a a e a an scow , r ft , or other cr ft used or mployed in viol ting y of the of an d A t provisions sections fourteen , fifteen of this c s a a a a h ll be li ble for the pecuni ry pen lties specified in this section , an d in addition thereto for the am ount of the dam ages done by said b a o a a a sum a o t , vessel , sc w , r ft , or other cr ft, which l tter sh ll be placed to the credit of the appropriation for the improvement of the

a a a a a r e and a a h rbor or w terw y in which the d m ge occur d , s id bo t, e a h a m a a a vess l , scow , r ft , or ot er cr ft y be proceeded g inst sum marily by way of libel in any district court of the United States having jurisdiction thereof .

1 a D a e a a Sec . 7. Th t the ep rtment of Justic sh ll conduct the leg l proceedings necessary to enforce the foregoing provisions of sec tions nine to sixteen , inclusive , of this Act ; and it shall be the d uty of district attorneys of th e United States to vigorously prose cute al l offenders against the sam e whenever requested to d o so the a W ar an of offi a h a a Secret ry of or by y the ci ls erein fter design ted , and it S hall furth erm ore be the duty of said district attorneys to report to the Attorney- General of th e United States the action taken h im a a f and a a of r e by g inst o fenders so reported , tr nscript such ports S hall be transm itted to the Secretary of W ar by th e Attorney General ; an d for the better enforcem ent of the said provisions an d to facilitate the detection an d bringing to punishm ent of such offend ’ T P ILOTs 63 HE LAKE HANDBOOK.

n d ers , the oflicer s and agents of the United States in charge of river a a m o h rbor improve ents , an d the assistant engineers an d inspect rs em ployed under them by authority of the Secretary of W ar , and the

r United States collectors of custom s and other revenue oflice s , shall h ave power an d authority to swear out process and to arrest an d take

n e into custody, with or without process , a y p rson or persons who m ay comm it any of the acts or offenses prohibited by the afor esaid n sections of this Act , or who m ay violate a y of the provisions of

S a a the same : Provided , T hat no person h ll be rrested without process for any offense n ot committed in the pr esence of some one o f a a off a : And a the fores id ici ls provided further, Th t whenever n m a y arrest is ade under the provisions of th is Act, the per son t m so arrested shall be brought for hwith before a com issioner , judge , o r court of the United States for examination of the offenses alleged a a and h m h a g inst him ; suc com issioner , judge , or court s ll proceed in respect th ereto as authorized by l aw in case of crimes against th e United States .

That al l laws or parts of laws inconsistent with th e foregoing s Act ar e ea : ections nine to twenty, inclusive , of this hereby rep led a a r a n a Provided , Th t no ction begun , or ight of ctio ccrued , prior to the passage of this A ct shall be affected by this repeal : Provided

a a a S further , Th t nothing cont ined in the s id foregoing ections shall b e e as a or an a constru d repe ling , modifying , in y m nner aff ecting th e provisions of an act of Congress approved June twenty-ninth , “ - eighteen hundred and eighty eight , entitled A n Act to prevent oh structive an d injur ious deposits within the harbor and adjacent m waters of N ew York City, by du ping or otherwise , an d to punish

an d ff s as a e o h prevent such o en es , m nded by secti n t ree of the

river and harbor Act of August eighteenth , eighteen hundred and A t n inety four , (A s amended by c approved June 13 , t t t t h 18 Approved , Marc 3 , 99.

AN ACT relating to the anch orage and movem ents of vessels

’ in St. Mary s R iver .

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of R epresentatives of A a a s m the United States of meric in Congress s e bled , That the n b Secretary of the Treasury be , a d e hereby is , authorized and directed to adopt and prescribe suitable rules and r egulations gov erning th e movements and anchorage of vessels and rafts in Saint ’ n I La Mary s R iver , from Poi t roquois , on ke Superior , to Point D e ’ 64 PILOTs N O THE LAKE HA DB OK .

a and th e a e tour, on L ke Huron , for e purpose of enforcing the obs rv nc of such regulations the said Secretary is hereby auth orized to d etail one or more revenue cutters for duty on said river .

ll fli r - w r e Sec . 2 . That a o ce S of th e R evenue Cutter Service h o a directed to enforce the regulation s prescrib ed by th e above rules ar e h ereby empowered and directed , in case of necessity, or when a proper n otice h as been disregarded , to use th e force at their com mand to remove from channels or stop an y vessels found violating

the prescribed rules .

h n Sec . 3 . That in the event of t e violation of a y such regula

n a th e a th e a e tio s or rules of the Secret ry of Tre sury by owners , m st r, or person in charge of such vessel , such owners, master , or per son in charge shall b e liable to a penalty of two hundred dollars , n m an d the vessel , its tackle , apparel , furniture , an d cargo, at a y ti e used or employed in violation of such regulations , shall be forfeited to the United States : Provided , That the Secretary of th e Treas ury m ay remit said fine or release said vessel on such term s as h m a : a a n Act a e y prescribe Provided lso , Th t othing in this sh ll b e construed to am end or r epeak th e Act entitled An Act to regulate navigation on the Great Lakes an d connecting tributary waters as ” f ar east as Montreal .

A o a 6 1896 ppr ved , M rch ,

Y N EW O R K .

T r AN AC to protect the buoys moo ed in the N iagara R iver .

The People of the State of N ew York, represented in Senate and

Assembly, do enact as follows

A o n Section 1. n y person m or ing a y vessel , scow , or raft to

a U a N a a a R or wh o an y buoy pl ced by the nited St tes in the i g r iver , m a shall in any manner ake f st ther eto any vessel , scow , or raft, a a shall be liable to a pen lty of fifty doll rs for each and every offence .

An wh o a o . 2 . an Sec y person sh ll rem ve or destroy y such buoy, b a h an d a m a y ccident or ot erwise , sh ll not report such re ov l or acci dent to the collector of th e port next entered after such removal or

a ab a a on e d ol ar s a destruction , sh ll be li le to pen lty of hundred for e ch an d ever y offence .

a a e m a S ec. 3 . S id pen lti s y be recovered by complaint before any court competent to try the same .

’ N 65 THE LAKE P iLOTs HA DBOOK .

as a a c a s 4 . In Sec . c e pen lties sh ll be colle ted for viol tion of thi a en act one -half shall b e paid to the informer ; the r emainder of s id p , B uflal o alties shall be paid to the collec tor of the por t of , to be used in maintaining and restoring said buoys .

r of ff a a Sec . 5 . The collecto the port of Bu lo is hereby uthorized m act to sue for and collect the penalties entioned in this .

act a a ff m a . 6. S ec . This sh ll t ke e ect i medi tely

1 1 Passed A pril 4, 87 .

P E N N S Y LV A N IA .

An A ct f or the protection of the aids to navigation established by the authority of the United States Light-House Boar d within the State of Pennsylvania. a a a Be it enacted by the Gener al Assembly of the St te of Pennsylv ni , as follows

an o an e Section 1. That y pers n or persons who S hall moor y v ssel an a w a an a or n a or vessels of y kind or n me h tsoever, or y r ft , a y p rt of

an a d a - a a a a raft, to y buoy, be con , or y m rk , pl ced in the w ters of Pennsylvania by the authority of the United States Light-House an a a Board , or shall in y m nner h ng on with an y vessel , or raft, or

a o or - part of a raft, to any such buoy, be c n , d ay mark or shall wilfully ,

e a a o an a n or d a - a r move , d m ge , or destr y y such buoy , be co , y m rk, or a a a an a a sh ll cut down , remove , d m ge , or destroy y be con or be cons erected on land in this State by the authority of the said United States

L - a a a a a r un ight House Bo rd , or h ving, through un void ble ccident , a an wa an b ea down , dr gged from its position , or in y y injured y buoy, d a - ar as a r e a an d a a con, or y m k , fo s id , sh ll f il to give notice , as soon as ° a a a o L - pr ctic ble , of h ving d ne so , to the ight House Inspector of the a a n - distri t in which s id buoy, be co , or d a mark m a be located or c y y , to the boar d of wardens for the port of Philadelphia S hall for eve y , , r

su h offense , be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor an d upon convi tion c , , c an c m S a thereof, before y court of o petent jurisdiction , h ll b e punished a e by fine not to exce d two hundred dollars , or by imprisonment not to

- c .at h ex eed three months , or both, the discretion of t e court ; on e third

of the fine in each case shall be paid to the informer an d two-thirds

o L - oa there f to the ight House B rd , to be used in repairing th e said

buoys or beacons .

I a f n 2 . t o a Sec . shall be unl wful r y vessel to anchor on the range

- line of any range lights established by the United States Light- House ’ 66 A RILOTs THE L KE HANDBOOK .

Board in this State , an d the master of any vessel so anchoring S hall

a m a o and c e b e be deemed guilty of misde e n r , , upon convi tion th reof , fore an y court of competent jurisdiction , shall be punished by a fine

- a as to a not to exceed fifty dollars , one h lf the fine in each c e be p id to

- l the inform er and one ha f to the State .

a o 3 . os a a an Sec . The c t of rep iring or repl cing y such buoy, be c n , or d a - a m a a m a am a y m rk , which y h ve been ispl ced , d ged , or destroyed an a h a e a m a a an by y vessel or r ft w tso ver , h ving been de f st to y such a d a - a a a S h a a buoy or be con , or y m rk, sh ll , when the s me ll be leg lly ascertained , be a lien upon such vessel or raft, an d m ay be recovered

sa a and n against id vessel or r ft, the owner or owners thereof, in a a an a ction of debt in y court of competent jurisdiction in this St te .

4 m m Sec . . This act shall take effect i ediately .

Approved , May 13 , 1879.

MIC H IGA N .

A n Act e o n o for the prot ction of bu ys a d beac ns .

1. a a a a n Section The people of the St te of Michig n en ct, Th t a y person mooring an y vessel to any of the buoys or beacons placed in an y of the waters of the State by the authority of th e United States

L - oa or an a a on t a a ight House B rd , in y m nner h nging wi h bo t or ves s l Bu o a a m e to y such bu y or be con , sh ll be dee ed guilty of a mis m a an d on o a a de e nor , , c nviction thereof, sh ll be punish ble by a fine not exceeding fifty dollars an d im prisonm ent in the county jail not

exceeding thirty days ; an d an y person wh o S hall wilfully remove or destroy any such buoy or beacon S hall be deem ed guilty of a m is d m a an d on o a a a e e nor, , c nviction thereof, sh ll be punish ble by fine n ot two an d a t a exceeding hundred fifty doll rs , nor less h n fifty dol t a n ot e a an d . lars , imprisonment in the coun y j il exce ding ninety d ys

I a a 2 . t Sec . sh ll be the duty of the prosecuting ttorney of the w b o a a a county in hich such u y or be con sh ll be situ ted to proceed , am ( f e a a an o at in the n e i the p ople , g inst y pers n viol ing the preceding act o ti o a an section of this , when n tified in wri ng of such vi l tion by y ’ L - officer of the United States ight House Service .

ar 3 0 1869. Approved , Janu y , ’ P ILOTs 67 THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

MIN N ES OT A .

An A ct to protect Governm ent lights an d light-h ouse stations on

the navigable waters of this State . a L a a a as Be it en cted by the egisl ture of the St te of Minnesot , fol lows

1 a Section . E v er y person wh o shall wil lf ul y break, injure , def ce ,

n - o m a or destroy a y light house stati n , post, platfor , steps , l mp or

a - o a o a x in other structure pert ining to such light h use st ti n , or sh ll e t guish an y ligh t erected by the United States upon or along the navi gable waters of this State to aid in the navigation ther eof (if such

f a th e a of o fense be not punish ble by l ws the United States , ) S hal l ,

m m n upon conviction , be adjudged guilty of a isde eanor a d punished o by imprisonment in th e c unty jail not exceeding one year, or by 100 o an d fine not exceeding $ , or by b th such fine imprisonment .

a e . 2 . E o wh o a a Sec very pers n sh ll willfully bre k , injure , def c ,

n - m or destroy a y light house station , post , platfor , steps , lamp , or

e a - a am b e other structure p rt ining to such light house st tion, the s e a a ing the property of the United St tes , or sh ll extinguish any light erected by the United States upon or along an y of the navigable

a a aid a a e w ters of th is St te to in the n vig tion th reof, with intent to a a an or a a end nger the s fety of y vessel vessels n vig ting said waters , or to jeopardize the safety of an y person or persons or property in or a f upon said vessel of vessels , sh ll (if such o fense be not punishable b a a o b e a y the l ws of the United St tes) , on c nviction , djudged guilty of a felony an d be punishable by imprisonment in the penitentiary for a term not exceeding five years .

o n Sec . 3 . Every person or persons who shall m or a y vessel or ves n a a o an a ff a o sels of a y kind or n me wh ts ever , or y bo t, ski , b rge , sc w , n a a raft, or part of a raft to a y buoy or beacon placed in the n vig ble e m sea o waters of the State , or in any b ay , riv r , or ar of the b rdering

a a r i a L - a upon this St te, by utho ty of the United St tes ight House Bo rd , or S hall in an y manner hang on with any vessel boat S kiff barge ’ , , , , a ar a a to an a o S a scow , r ft, or p t of r ft y buoy or be c n , or h ll cut down , n a rem ove , damage or destroy a y be con or beacons erected on land in this State by the author ity of the said United States Light-House ~ Board shall for every offense be deem ed guilty of a m isdem eanor , , an d o o o an om ur is ic , upon convicti n there f, bef re y court of c petent j d a 1 tion , shall be punish ed by fine of not less than $ 00 nor more than o m o a e $200, or by impris n ent in the c unty j il not l ss than one nor i r c n n more than S x months , o by both su h fi e a d impr isonment , in r the discretion of the cou t . 8 ’ THE LAKE PILOTS HANDBOOK .

- Sec . 4 . That one half of all fines under this act S hall be paid by the court to the inform er and that th e other half shall b e paid into the common school fund of the county in which the action shal l b e tried .

Sec . 5 . Th is act shall take effect and be in force from and after its passag e .

ARE YOU POSTED ON THE RULES AND REGULA TIONS FOR THE GOVERNMENT O F NAVIGA TION IN THE HARB ORS AND CHANNELS O F LAKE PORTS ?

It n is important to know that, in the main points , the rules a d

a n a a f a . on a regul tio s for the n vig tion of di ferent ch nnels , etc , the l kes ar e m very uch alike . Therefore a perfect knowledge of these m ain

o points will serve to keep a pilot out of tr uble, an d will answer the

‘ purpose as well as m em orizing whole pag es of R ules an d R egula

’ r A tions prescribed b y the Secretary of W a . list of these main

points is given below .

The movement of all boats shall be under the direction of the official in charge of such harbor or channel .

m Making fast to Governm ent entrance piers , revet ents , elevated

s . a o trestle , etc , is not ll wed .

All h a a a a . a e a a o . such c nnels , h rbors , c n ls , etc , h v speed regul ti n

an N ot lawful to dump ashes , dirt or sinkable rubbish of y kind a a a r s . in any of these chan nels , h rbo or c n ls

Vessels shall an ch or only within the limits spec ified b y the rules of th e h arbor .

a o an wa th e Unlawful to wilfully or c relessly bstruct, in y y , free

o a e a a al . navigati n of such ch nn ls , h rbors , c n s , etc

Vessels cannot tie up to an y Governm ent wharf or pier without perm ission being granted by the oflicer in charge .

as a o a O n e vessel cannot p s n ther, going the s me direction , in

an a a a . y such ch nnels , c n ls , etc

a a a . e Vessels can not enter such ch nnels , c n ls , etc , two or mor

abreast . ’ A r r w r s N 69 THE L KE HA DBOOK .

r Vessels cannot delay, by S low passage , the progress of othe

vessels .

es a e an a a a V sels must not tt mpt to enter y such ch nnel , c n l , etc whose actual draft exceeds th e leas t draft as given f or such channel .

Unlawful f or steam ers to blow their whistles while in the draws of the bridges in any of the big lake cities .

o n Sailing vessels not al lowed to beat thr ugh a y such channel , a a c n ls , etc .

Steam ers towing vessels in Sandusky or Toledo channels cannot have a towline more th an 200 feet in length .

Steamers must not blow flues while in an y of the canals at the

.

The following lake por ts , canals , channels , harbors of refuge , m etc have rules an d regulations to govern the navigation of the .

LAKE E R IE .

F airport .

Cleveland .

Lorain .

LA K ‘E H UR O N

ea h an . Harbor B ch . C eboyg

LA K E MIC H IGA N . a a . Holl nd . Milw ukee a Saug tuck . Port Washington .

a . a South H ven Sheboyg n .

St. Joseph . Manitowoc .

Michigan City . Two R ivers . a o c e a . S uth Chi go . K w unee

Chicago . Ah napee. a a A a a r W ukeg n . ( l gom H rbo )

a. Ba a a Kenosh Sturgeon y C n l . R a m e cine . Meno ine .

LA K E S UP E R IO R .

L D Portage ake Ship uluth . Superior .

Canal . LA K E A R O N T IO .

Charlotte . Toronto . Welland Canal .

IN R IV E R S . a 800 R iver an d Canal . St . Clair F lats Can l . ’ 70 RILOTs A THE LAKE H NDBOOK .

A FEW RULINGS THAT SHOULD B E BETTER

UNDERSTOOD .

A ccidents aboard steamers m ust be r eported to th e nearest board of Local Inspectors an d also to the Collector of Customs of the

o a In district to which such vessel belongs . The rep rt to the Loc l m a t spectors ust be m de a once , th e report to the Custom s Collector m a must be ade within 5 d ys .

Accidents aboard barges or sailing vessels d o not h ave to be r e L ported to the ocal Inspector s .

Local Inspectors have to be notified when a steamer goes into

- dry dock.

PILOT RULES FOR THE GREAT LAKES AND THEIR CONNECTING AND TRIBUTARY WATERS AS

FAR EAST AS MONTREAL .

ar 1 (Adopted by the Board of Supervising Inspectors , Janu y , 902 ,

an d a th e ar an d La a 17 pproved by Secret y of Commerce bor , M rch , , 1 4 90 . A ar 8 uthorized by act of Congress , approved F ebru y ,

All th e rules relating to steam vessels in passing each other; con tained in the Pilot R ules for the Great Lakes an d their connecting an d tributary waters as f ar east as Montreal S hall also apply to all

o a a m r s an b e vessels pr pelled by gas , fluid , n phth , or electric oto , d

n e n m a at tween a y of such vess ls a d stea vessels , n vig ing these waters .

I am e ar e a oa ea a an d R ule . When ste rs ppr ching ch other he d ” a a so S a a a a he d , or ne rly , it h ll be the duty of e ch ste mer to p ss to the right or port side of the other ; an d the pilot of either steamer , o m ay b e first in determ ining to pursue this co urse , an d thereup n shall

S an d give , as a signal of his intention , one hort distinct blast of his

whistle , which the pilot of th e other steamer shall answer promptly

o by a similar blast of his whistle, and thereup n such steam ers shall

pass to th e right or port side of each other . But if the course of such steam ers is so f ar on th e starboard of each other as not to be con “ n r sid er ed by pilots as m eeting head a d head , o nearly so , the pilot so first deciding S hall imm ediately give two short and distinct blasts h is a a a of whistle , which the pilot of the other ste mer sh ll nswer

promptly by two S im ilar blasts of his wh istle , an d they shall pass to th e left, or on the starboard S ide of each oth er .

72 ’ THE LAKE PILOTS HANDBOOK .

al distance of half a mile, the pilot of such steamer , when h e S h l have S a arrived within half a m ile of such curve or bend , S hall give a ign l by ] a S im one long blast of the whistle , wh ich signs shall be answered by llar blast given by the pilot of an approaching steamer that m ay be , y a a r e a a within hearing . Should such sign l be so nswe d by ste mer upon a S h a a m e and the f rther ide of such bend , t en the usu l sign ls for e ting passing shall im m ediately be given and answered ; but if the first a a n a a to th e a l rm sig l of such pilot be not nswered , he is consider ch n nel clear an d govern himself accordingly.

When boats ar e m oved from th eir docks or berth s , an d other

r m n m boats a e liable to pass fro a y direction toward the , they S hall give the same signal as in case of boats meeting at a bend ; but im mediately after clearing the berths so as to be ful ly in S ight they shall be governed b y R ule I .

R . S a o th e a ule V The ign ls , by the bl wing of whistle , sh ll be giv and a m a en nswered by pilots , in co pli nce with these rules , not only l when meeting head and head , or nearly so , but at al times when a m at a a a a a and p ssing or eeting dist nce within h lf mile of e ch other , whether passing to th e starboard or port .

a and R ule V I . When steamers ar e running in the s me direction , the pilot of a steamer wh ich is astern shall desire to pass on the right

h l iv as or starboard hand of the steamer ahead , he s al g e one short bl t

as asi n al an d an d a of the whistle, g of such desire intention , sh ll put his helm to port ; or if he shall desire to pass on the left or port side

m l iv of the stea er ahead , he sh a lg e two short blasts of the whistle as

S an n a ign al of such desire d intention , a d shall put his helm to star board , an d the pilot of the steam er ahead shall answer by the same

' S ignals ; or of he does not think it saf e f or the steamer astern to at m tempt to pass at that point , he shall i mediately signify th e sam e by

giving several short an d rapid blasts of the whistle , an d under no cir cum stan ces S hal l the steamer astern attem pt to pass the steamer ahead until such tim e as th ey have reached a point where it can be safely done when said steam er ahead shall signify her willingn ess by , th blowing e proper S ignals . The boat ahead S hall in n o cas e attempt to cross the bow or crowd upon the course of the passing steam er .

E very vessel com ing up with another vessel from any direction a o a a am — a a more th n two p ints b ft her be th t is , in such position , with e sh e ta h a at refer nce to the vessel which is over king , t t night she ’ — would be unable to see either of that vessel s S ide lights shall be deem ed t o be an overtaking vessel ; and n o subsequent alteration of the bearing between the two vessels shall make th e overtaking vessel ’ 73 THE LAKE PILOTS HANDBOOK .

a crossing vessel within the meaning of these rules , or re lieve her of the duty of keeping clear of the overtaken vessel until she is finally n past a d clear .

— n h N . B . In construing a d obeying t ese rules , due regard must be

h ad to all dangers of navigation , and to an y S pecial circumstances

m a an a a a a a which y exist in y p rticul r c se , rendering dep rture from n them necessary in order to avoid immediate da ger .

All - n a a La and R ule VII . double e d ferrybo ts on the Gre t kes tribu taries thereto S hall carry a central range of clear , bright, white lights ,

o al l a a at a a a and sh wing round the horizon , pl ced equ l ltitudes forw rd af t ; also such side lights as specified in rule 3 , paragraphs (b) and (c) , a act of Congress approved F ebruary 8, 1895 , regulating navig tion on

the Great Lakes .

Lo a a a Sh a c l inspectors in districts h ving ferrybo ts ll , whenever the m safety of navigation ay require , design ate for each line of such boats a certain light, white or colored , which S hall S how al l around the hori a and a zon , to design te distinguish such lines from e ch other , which light sh all be carried on a flagstaff amidsh ip , 15 feet above the white range light .

R . a ar e a a ule VIII When ste mers running in fog or thick we ther , m th except stea ers with a raft in tow, it shall be e duty of the pilot to cause three distinct blasts of the wh istle to be sounded at interval s m A a a a not exceeding one inute . ste mer with a r ft in tow sh ll sound at inte rv als of not m ore than one minute a screech ing or Modoc whistle for from three to five seconds .

A steam vessel h earing , apparently not more than four points from

a a a a h S a at e right he d , the fog sign l of not er vessel h ll once reduc her speed to bare steerageway, an d navigate with caution until the vessels shall have passed each other .

R ule IX . Tugs under 3 0 tons r egister (net) and small steamers n a a La R a a a vig ting the St . wrence iver , except open bo ts , sh ll c rry the red an d green lights prescribed by law f or oth er lake steamers ; an d ,

in addition thereto , a central range of two white lights , the after light b eing carried at an elevation of at least 15 feet above the light at the h n a d ead of the vessel ; a d , when towing other vessels , sh ll carry an a d ition al white light af t not less th an 3 feet vertically below the after

range light .

c s e a a a Ex ept a provided for in the pr ceding p r gr ph of this rule , steam tugs under 3 0 tons register (net) , whose principal business is ’ 74 pr Lor s N THE LAKE HA DBOOK .

a h rbor towing, shall carry the red an d gr een S ide lights carried by o a and t ther ste mers ; , a the foremast head , or , if the steamer have no m a t fore st , then on top of h e pilot house , a white light so constructed as S a and o an ar c th e to how uniform unbroken light ver of horizon of .

20 m a and as th e 10 points of the co p ss , so fixed to throw light points on each S ide of the vessel , namely, from r ight ahead to 2 points abaft

am e and h a a a as a a the be on eith r side , of suc ch r cter to be visible t a t dist nce of a least 3 miles ; an d wh en towing , except wh en towing a raft , shall carry an additional white light hung n ot less than 3 feet

a o a a a . a a two vertic lly bove the f rem st he dlight When towing r ft , the S headlights hall be hung horizontally not less than 4 feet apart .

Open boats on th e Gr eat Lakes an d their tributaries east as f ar as Montreal S hall not be obliged to carry th e side lights required for a a a a l an other vessels , but sh ll , if they do not c rry such lights , c rry tern having a green slide on one side and a red slide on th e other S ide ; an d on a a a a be the ppro ch of or to other vessels , such l ntern sh ll ex h ib ited ff t and a a in su icient time to preven collision , in such m nner that th e green light shall not be seen on the port S ide , n or the red light

on th e starboard side .

R ule X . Barges , bar ge consorts , or canal boats in tow of a a a a and a a ste mer sh ll c rry red green side lights , which sh ll be pl ced in the sam e m anner as required on other vessels being towed ; an d “ ” a barge con sort not having h er own anchor down , but hanging a a a a a at a a a on h wser stern of towing ste mer nchor , sh ll c rry, in m a addition to the red and green side lights , a red light at the fore st a an d a at m a a a he d red light end of in pe k , or in equiv lent positions n at bow a d stern .

All scows without rudders or other means of guidance being towed by hawser behind steam vessels on an y navigable waters of the United States shall carry a regulation white light at each end of each a a 6 a scow (such lights to be c rried not less th n feet bove the deck) , m o 7 a m a . 2 as a a N O . 4 D a N shown in di gr s , ep rt ent Circul r , d ted a F ebruary 13 , 1894 . When scows ar e towed two or more abre st , they shall carry the regulation wh ite ligh ts as S hown in diagrams 4 8 . N o D a a N o. 27 1 9 . 7 , ep rtment Circul r ,

X I oa a al b a a a R . ule Produce b ts , c n o ts , fishing bo ts , r fts , or o a a a a an b a a h a ther w ter cr ft n vig ting y y , h rbor, or river , by nd a power , horse power , s il , or by the current of the river , or which S hall be anchored or m oored in or near the channel or fairway of an n y b ay , harbor , or river , a d n ot otherwise provided for , S hall , A LO S 75 THE L KE PI T HANDBOOK .

carry one bright white light forward , not less than 6 feet above th e deck .

R afts shall carry , in each case , on a pole not less than 6 feet l high , a bright white light, visible a l around the horizon , as follows

R afts of one crib and not more than two in length shall carry one such ligh t . R afts of three or more cribs in length shall carry

one such light at each end of the raft . R afts of more than one crib abreast S hall carry one such light on each outside corner of the raft , l making four lights in a l .

B ag or boom rafts navigating or anchored in the fairway of an y h b ay, harbor , or river , S hall carr y a bright white lig t at least 12 at a a and a feet high e ch end of the r ft , one of such lights on e ch side midway between the forward and after end .

The Board of Super vising Inspectors , at their annual meeting of

January , 1900, adopted th e following resolution relating to the use of search lights

n ll R esolved : T hat masters , mates , a d pilots of a vessels be r e quired to exercise due caution in the use of their search lights so as not to throw the rays of the light into the pilot house of passing

steamers . ’ 76 T PILOTs N K HE LAKE HA DBOO .

DIAGRAMS .

The following diagr am s ar e intended to illustr ate the working

th e of foregoing system of colored lights , and ar e to be used b y

pilots , in connection with the rules , as sailing dir ections on meeting or near ing other steamers

F ir st S it uat ion.

In this situation th e two colored lights will be visible to the “ pilot of each steamer , which will indicate their direct approach head an d head towar d each other . In this S ituation it is a standing rule a and a a h that both sh ll put their helms to port p ss to the right , e c having previously given one blast of the whistle .

S econd S ituat ion.

In this S ituation ' th e gr een light only will be visible to the pilot a a h of e ch steamer . They ar e, th erefore , passing to starbo rd , whic r a S a a a is ul ble in this itu tion , e ch pilot h ving previously signified his n i i tent on by two blasts of the whistle . ’ T K pnm s N BOO 77 HE LA E HA D K .

T h l r d S ituat ion.

In th is S ituation th e red light only will be visible to the pilot of

each steamer . Both ves sels ar e evidently passing to port, which is

rulable in this S ituation , each pilot having previously signified h is intention by on e blast of the whistle .

F our t h and F if th S ituations .

When steamer s ar e approaching each other in an oblique d ir ec a a r a h r indic ted in the di g ms of t e fou th and fifth situations ,

so that a continuation of their courses would involve risk of col lisi n th o , e vessel which h as the other on her own starboard side shall wa and a keep out of the y of the other , sh ll , if necessary to do so, slacken her speed , or stop and reverse ; indic ating h er intention i h or a by e t er one two bl sts of the whistle , as the circumstances m ay an d a an e t R l require , in ccord c wi h u e I of the Pilot R ules. ’ 78 T A P ILOT s N HE L KE HA DBOOK .

S ixt h and S ev ent h S it uations .

A steamer approaching another crossing her bow at or nearly t a right angles , as represented in diagrams of the sixth and seventh situations , S hall , if approaching the crossing steamer so near as to

involve risk of collision , port her helm , when seeing only the red l ight of the crossing steamer ; an d starboard h er helm if only the e at a or an d a g reen light is in vi w ; the s me time , slow , stop b ck, if necessary, each steamer to give the whistle signal s as provided in r a e R ule I of the rules , the c ossing ste m r to keep course an d speed .

— N ote The whistle signals of the above S ituations must be given

in al l a as a R R e . c ses , except qu lified by ule III , Pilot ul s

’ 80 P ILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

h ull of n ot less than twenty feet, and if the beam of the vessel at a h a an exceeds twenty feet , then heig t bove the hull not less th a a a such be m , so , however , th t such height need not exceed forty feet , bright white light so constr ucted as to show an unbr oken light over an ar c of th e horizon of twenty points of the compass , so fixed as to throw the light ten points on each S ide of th e vessel , namely, from

n right ahead to two points abaft the beam on either side , a d of such character as to be visible at a distance of at least five miles .

a a a as (b) On the st rbo rd side , green light , so constructed to throw an unbroken light over an ar c of the horizon of ten points

of the compass , so fixed as to throw the ligh t from right ahead to two points abaft the beam on the starboard side , an d of such a

a a s at a a at ch r cter a to be visibl e dist nce of least two miles .

0 S a as an ( ) On the port ide , red light , so constructed to show unbroken light over an ar c of the horizon of ten points of th e com pass , so fixed as to throw th e light from right ahead to two points a a a an d a a as b ft the be m on the port side , of such ch r cter to be vis ibl e at a distance of at least two miles .

(d ) The said green an d red lights shall be fitted with inboard

o e at a a screens pr j cting le st three feet forw rd from the light, so as to prevent these lights from being seen across the bow .

(e ) A steamer of over one hundred an d fifty feet register length S hall also carry wh en under way an additional bright light

a o a a simil r in c nstruction to th t mentioned in subdivision ( ) , so fixed as to throw th e light al l around the horizon an d of such character t a m a as to be visible a a dist nce of at least three iles . Such addition l light shall be placed in line with the keel at least fifteen feet higher from th e deck an d more than seventy-fiv e feet abaft the light men tion ed in subdivision (a) .

Vessels T owi ng. a a R ule 4 . A steam vessel h ving tow other than a raft shall in addition to the forward bright light mentioned in subdivision (a) of rule three carry in a vertical line not less than six feet above or below that light a second bright light of th e same constructi on an d character an d fixed an d carried in the sam e manner as the forward a a bright ligh t mentioned in s id subdivision ( ) of rule three . Such steamer shall also carry a small bright light abaft the funnel or a a a fter m st for the tow to steer by , but such light sh ll not be visible forward of the beam .

’ PiLOT 81 THE LAKE s HANDBOOK .

a al a th e R ule 5 . A steam vessel having a r ft in tow sh l , inste d of

! th e forward lights mentioned in rule four , carry on or in front of a as th e a foremast , or if a vessel without forem t then in fore p rt of a the vessel , at a height above the hull of not less th n twenty feet , at a h an d if the beam of the vessel exceeds twenty feet , then heig t an a o a ab ove the hull not less th such be m , so h wever th t such height e r i s a i a need not exc ed forty feet , two b ght light in hor zont l line athwartships an d not less th an eight feet apart, each so fixed as to throw the light all around the horizon and of such character as to b e al visible at a distance of at least five miles . Such steamer sh l also n carry th e small bright steering light aft , of th e character a d fixed as required in rule four .

w n R ule 6. A sailing vessel under ay and a y vessel being towed shal l carry th e S ide lights mentioned in rule three .

f t A vessel in tow shall also carry a small bright light a , but such light S hall not be visible forward of the beam .

R ule 7. The lights for tugs under thirty tons register whose a a an d a a a n princip l business is h rbor towing , for bo ts n vig ting o ly on R a La al oa a and a a a a iver S int wrence , so ferryb ts , r fts , c n l bo ts , sh ll b e regulated by rules which have been or m ay hereafter be prescribed a I a by the Bo rd of Supervising nspectors of Ste m Vessels .

8. a a R ule Whenever , as in the c se of sm ll vessels under way d b ad a r an d a uring we ther, the g een red side lights c nnot be fixed , these a at a n a lights sh ll be kept h nd lighted a d re dy for use , an d shall , on the approach of or to other vessels , be exhibited on their respective

S ffi e h a as ides in su cient tim to prevent collision, in suc m nner to make them most visible , an d so that the green light shall not be

n S seen o the port ide , nor the red light on the starboard side , nor , if a a a a a ea pr ctic ble , more th n two points b ft the b m on their respective S m a t ides . To ke h e use of these portable lights more certain and h easy, they shall eac be painted outside with the color of the light a an d S a a they respectively cont in , h ll be provided with suit ble screens .

R ule 9. A vessel under one hundred and fifty feet register length , n at a S a a a can b whe nchor , h ll c rry forw rd , where it est be seen , but at a a a height not exceeding twenty feet bove the hull , white light in a ' a as Sh a a l ntern constructed so to ow cle r, uniform, an d unbroken all a at a a at a light, visible round the horizon dist nce of le st one m ile .

A vessel of one hun dred and fifty feet or upward in register a S a length , when at nchor , h ll carry in the forward part of the vessel , at a height of not less than twenty an d not exceeding forty feet ’ L S THE LAKE PI OT HANDBOOK .

a t On h n bove h e hull , e such lig t , a d at or near the stern of the vessel , an d at such a height that it shall be not less than fifteen feet lower a th n the forward light, another such light .

R 10. a a a a ule Produce bo ts , c n l bo ts , fishing boats , rafts , or a a a n b other w ter cr ft n vigating a y ay , harbor , or river by hand o o a p wer , horse p wer , s il , or by the current of the river , or which shall be anchored or moored in or near the channel or fairway of any b a a an d r o e f or y , h rbor , or river , not othe wise pr vid d in these rules ,

a a one or oo h S a a sh ll c rry more g d white lights , whic h ll be pl ced in such a m anner as S hall be prescribed by the Board of Supervising I o am nspect rs of Ste Vessels .

11 a not R ule . Open boats sh ll be obliged to carry the side lights f or a n o not a required other vessels , but sh ll , if they c rry such lights , carry a lantern having a green slide on on e side an d a red slide on the other side ; and on th e approach of or to other vessels such a a ffi m to o o an d l ntern sh ll be exhibited in su cient ti e prevent c llisi n , in such a manner that the green light shall not be seen on the port nor th on a at e a oa . o side, red light the st rb rd side Open b ts , when h a a a o a a x a . nchor or st ti n ry, sh ll e hibit bright w ite light They sh ll

n ot o e e om a flar e- u a , h wever , be prev nt d fr using p in ddition if con sid er ed expedient .

a at all m on the a oa of 12 . a R ule S iling vessels sh ll ti es , ppr ch n a m S o a o o a a y ste mer during the nightti e , h w lighted t rch up n th t m h point or quarter to which such stea er shall be approac ing .

f an on oa R ule 13 . The exhibition o y light b rd of a vessel of war or rev enue cutter of th e United States m ay be suspended when in o of th e a N av om a ever , the opini n Secret ry of the y, the c m nder of a a or om m a of a a in chief squ dron , the c nder vessel cting singly,

the special character of the serv ice m ay re quire it .

nal F og S ig s .

o an emcien t R ule 14 . A steam vessel sh all be pr vided with

o am or om f or am a whistle , s unded by ste by s e substitute ste , pl ced not a om e or before the funnel less th n eight feet fr the d ck , in such as o a o of am v a e other place the l c l inspect rs ste essels sh ll d termine , an d of such character as to be heard in ordinary weather at a dis at a two m an d an eflicien t an d tance of le st iles , with bell , it is hereby made the duty of the United States local inspectors of steam vessels when inspecting th e sam e to requir e each steam er to be furnished n A a with such whistle a d bell . s iling vessel sh all be provided with ffi n d an f an e cient f og horn a with e ficient bell . ’ T E PI Lor s 83 H LAKE HANDBOOK .

h a e a a W enever there is thick we th r by re son of fog, mist , f lling s a a d a now , he vy r instorms , or other causes , whether by y or by night, fog S ignal s shall be used as follows

a A a w a a ( ) ste m vessel under ay , excepting only ste m vessel with raft in tow , S hall sound at intervals of not more than one min

ute three distinct blasts of her whistle .

of (b) E very vessel in tow of another vessel shall , at intervals n o n e minute , sound four bells on a good and efficient a d properly

a as : th e pl ced bell follows By striking bell twice in quick succession , a e a and a a followed by little long r interv l , then g in striking twice in quick succession (in the manner in which four bells is struck in in d icating time . )

(c) A steamer with a raft in tow shall sound at intervals of n ot more than one minute a sch r eech in g or Modoc whistle for from three

to five seconds .

(d) A sailing vessel under way an d not in tow shall sound at intervals of not more th an one minute

If a a a a a a a of on the st rbo rd t ck with wind forw rd of be m , one bl st her fog horn ;

If on the port tack with wind forward of the beam , two blasts of her fog horn ;

If she h as the wind abaft the beam on either S id e, thr ee blasts

of her fog horn .

(e) An y vessel at anchor an d an y vessel aground in or near a

ch annel . or fairway shall at intervals of not m ore than two minutes

ring the bell rapidly for three to five seconds .

a o r e o a (f) Vessels of less th n ten t ns registe d t nn ge, not being

- steam vessels , shall not be obliged to give the above mentioned a m signals , but if they d o not they sh ll make so e oth er eflicient sound

signal at intervals of n ot m ore than one minute .

a oa a (g) Produce bo ts , fishing b ts , r fts , or other water craft a a an an o n vig ting by h d power or by the current of the river, or ch red or moored in or near the channel or fairway an d not in an port an d y , h not otherwise prov ided for in t ese rules , shall sound a f o b or n or g , a a at a n ot o a equiv lent sign l , interv ls of m re th n one minute . ’ 84 P ILOTs N THE LAKE HA DBOOK .

R 15 . E r a a h b r ule ve y vessel sh ll , in thick we t er, y eason of fog, a a a tor mist, f lling snow, he vy r in s ms , or other causes , go at moderate

ee . A a a sp d ste m vessel he ring, apparently not more than four points

from right ah ead, the fog signal of another vessel shall at once r e

n duce her speed to bare steerageway, a d navigate with caution until

the ves sels shall have passed each other .

STEERING AND SAILING RULES .

S aill n essel g V s.

a ar e a r R ule 16. Wh en two s iling vessels appro ching one anothe so as to involve risk of collision on e of them S hall keep out of th e

way of the other, as follows , namely

(a) A vessel which is runn ing free shall keep out of the way

of a vessel which is closehauled .

(b ) A vessel which is closehauled on the port tack shall keep w out of the ay of a vessel which is closehauled on the starboard tack.

r (c ) When both a e running free , with the wind on different S ides , the vessel which h as the wind on the port side S hall keep out of

the way of th e other .

h (d ) When they ar e running free , with t e wind on the same

S e h a a wa th e ide , the v ssel w ich is to windw rd sh ll keep out of the y of

vessel which is to leeward .

S team Vessels .

a ar or a 1 . R ule 7 When two ste m vessels e meeting end on , ne rly on as a S a a e end , so to involve risk of collision , e ch h ll lter her cours

o . to starboard , so th at each S hall pass on the port side of the ther

R ule 18. When two steam vessels ar e crossing so as to involve risk of collision the vessel which h as the other on her own starboard

S ide shall keep out of the way of the other .

h a a n d a a ar e R ule 19. W en ste m vessel a s iling vessel proceed ing in such directions as to involve risk of collision the steam vessel shall keep out of th e way of the sailing vessel .

h of s R 20. an ule W ere , by y the rule herein prescribed , one of two vessels S hall keep out of the way , th e other S hall keep her

and course speed .

’ 86 I TS THE LAKE P LO HANDBOOK.

if th e vessels shall have approached within half a m ile of each other h both s all red uce th eir speed to bare steerageway, and , if necessary, stop and reverse .

R ul e 27. In obeyin g and constr uing these rul es d ue regard shall b e h ad to all dangers of navigation and collision an d to an y special circumstances which m ay r ender a departure from th e above rules a a e a a necess ry in order to void imm di te d nger.

R ul e 28. N othing in these rules shall exonerate any vessel , or

as te t e se an the owner or m r or crew her of , from the con quences of y l r neglect to carry lights or signa s , or of an y neglec t to keep a prope of a ec an a m a r i lookout, or negl t of y prec ution which y be equ red by r ar a e a e th e a a the o din y pr ctic of se m n, or by speci l circumst nces of th e case .

r a e S ee. 2 . That a fine , not exceeding two hund ed d ollars , m y b impo sed for the violation of any of the provisions of th is Act. Th e r vessel shal l be liable for the said penalty, and m ay be seized an d p o

ceed ed a a wa th e o th e U d g inst , by y of libel , in district c urt of nite d States for any district within which such vessel m ay be foun .

3 a e ar an d Lab th e Sec . . Th t the Secr t y of Commerce or of United States shall have authority to establish all necessary regula

t A ct r to tions , not inconsistent wi h the provisions of this , requi ed car r y the sam e into efiect .

The Board of Super v ising Inspec tors of the United States shall have authority to establish such regulations to be observed by all a a a ot t th e i ste m vessels in p ssing e ch her , not inconsistent wi h prov s ions of th i s act , as they shall from time to time d eem necessar y ; an d al l regul ations adopted by the said Board of Superv ising Inspectors under the auth ority of this A ct, when approved by th e Secretary and La a a l w a . Tw of Commerce bor , sh ll h ve the force of o printed an a f or a comes of y such regul tions p ssing , signed by them , shall be a a and a at all furnished to e ch ste m vessel , sh ll times be kept posted up in conspicuous places on board .

r Sec . 4 . Th at all laws or parts of laws , so f a as applicable to th e navigation of th e Great Lakes and their connectin g and tributary a h waters as f ar as Montre l, inconsistent wit the foregoin g r ules ar e hereby repeal ed .

5 a act a a ff on and Sec . . Th t this sh ll t ke e ect af ter Mar ch fir st,

- eighteen hundred and ninety fiv e.

A u 1 5 . pproved, F ebr ar y 8, 89

’ 88 T P iLOTs HE LAKE HANDBOOK .

N o vessel passing another vessel shall move at a rate of speed greater th an 9 statute miles per hour over th e gr ound .

’ R ule 4 . All vessels navigating the St . Mary s river m ay proceed at full S peed and pass oth er vessels moving in th e same direction b e tween Point Detour and the turning channel buoy in the northern

0- part of Mud lake , between th e northern float lights of the 2 foot channel leading from th e N eeb ish channel into H ay lake and the crib light at the entrance of F rechette and Little R apids cut .

special attention is called to rule 24 of th e act of congress 8 1895 wa a o F eb . 1 ppr ved , , giving right of y to descending vessels in ’ th e St . Mary s river .

In a a a R ule 5 . case one ste mer desires to p ss nother going in the a a at a a s me direction on s id river , point where such p ssing is per a h a m itted by these rules , the pilot of the steamer stern s ll , if he intends to pass steamer ahead on the right hand or starboard othe S a e a a ide , indic te such int ntion by giving one short bl st of the ste m a a a whistle , and if h e intends to pas s such ste mer he d on the left

a o S a a h nd or p rt ide , he sh ll indic te such intention by giving two short blasts of the steam whistle . Upon the pilot of one steamer astern

a o a of a a a of n ther giving such sign l , the pilot the ste mer ahe d sh ll immediately answer by giving the same signal ; but if he does not a th e am a a m a t a think it s fe for . ste er stern to tte pt to p ss a th t point, ' he shall immediately signify the same by giving several short and rapid blasts of the steam whistle ; and under no circumstances shall the steamer astern attempt to pass the steamer ahead until such m s ti e a they have reached a point where it can be safely done , when said steamer ahead sh all signify her willingness by blowing the proper signals ; then the steam er ahead shall slacken to a slow rate

and th e a a a of speed , ste mer stern sh ll pass the overtaken steamer , a am as giving the overt ken ste er wide a berth as possible . Steam ers bound in opposite directions sh all slow to half speed within one - quarter of a mile of each other until each h as passed th e other . 6 R ule . The patrolling vessels of the revenue cutter ser vice shall a a a ll o lw ys h ve the right of way over a ther vessels , as indicated by

a a an a o the s iling sign ls given by y such p tr lling vessel .

R a 7. a ule Three distinct bl sts of the ste m whistle , when sounded a a a a from p trolling vessel , will indic te th t the vessel to which such ' a at too a a and sign l is given is proceeding high r te of speed , such a e vessel must immedi t ly moderate her speed accordingly . ’ TH E P iLOT 89 LAKE s HANDBOOK .

ne R ule 8. Three long blasts of th e steam wh istle, followed by o short blast , when sounded from a patrolling vessel , will indicate that th e vessel to which such signal is given must stop until fur ther orders from the patrolling vessel .

a a R ule 9. Two red lanterns , one above the other , hoisted on p s at a h s S al trolling ve sel night , will indic te to the vessel to whic uch ign is given that such ves sel must stop an d not pr oceed farther towar d the position where such lights ar e displayed .

R ule 10. N o vessel or raft shall anchor in any of the improved a channels now abreast of the government piers at Sault Ste . M rie , except in distress or during a fog , and any vessel so anchored must always shift h er anch orage when so directed by the oflicer in charge of a patrolling vessel to the spot designated by such omcer .

a ’ m a a b e R ule 11. Vessels navigating the St . M ry s river y nchor ’ E u tween Point Detour and Mud lake turning buoy, an d at Sailors a e cam pm en t close to the wharves of the sawmill . In H ay l ke betw en the N eeb ish an d Little R apids channel outside of the channel as indi cated by the r anges , but nothing in this r ule S hall be construed to pro h ibit any vessel from lying alongside of any wharf in said river .

’ h r i r R 12 R a t e . Ma r e e ule . fts being towed in St y s v r will be “ ” n F r quir ed to use what is termed the old cha nel . om H arwood point to Mud lake turning buoy they will move at the time designated by

fli r the o ce in charge of th e patrolling vessel . When lying by they must be moor ed out of the channel .

’ R ule 13 . In navigating the St . Mar y s river , in all cases wh ere the

r ar e a a a a and foregoing ules not pplic ble , the ttention of m sters pilots t F is called o the sailing r ules contained in the act of congress of eb .

8, 1895 .

14 ’ R . All a ule vessels navigating the St . Mary s river , in p ssing

and at to a dredges vessels work on improvements the ch nnel , will be r equired to slacken their S peed upon such dredge or other vessels engaged in such improvem ent giving the signal of three distinct blasts of the steam whistle .

’ R 15 . Th e r a a ule pilot of eve y ste mer descending the St . M ry s S a a a Da as and a river h ll , when bre st of the rk Hole g buoy , before p ss ’ a th e of a at a s E a e a ing round bend s id river S ilor nc mpment , giv sig nal a th a ’ of one bl st of e ste m whistle of 10 seconds duration , which signal shall be answer ed by a blast of the steam whistle of the sam e duration by any vessel ascending said river within hearing . The pilot ’ 90 P ILOT s THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

a a a a a a of every ste mer scending s id river , not h ving he rd such sign l a n from descending steamer , shall , when abreast of E v er en s point , a d

’ o a a a at a E a bef re p ssing round the bend of s id river S ilors nc mpment , i ’ g ve a signal of one blast of the steam whistle of 10 seconds dur ation , wh ich shall be answered by a blast of the same duration by any vessel a a A a as descending s id river within he ring . fter such sign l of one bl t of the steam whistle of 10 seconds ’ duration shall have been given and

answered , the usual passing S ignal must be given . at R 16. a am and ule When ste er , tug towing scow from dredge a e work deepening channel in Little R apid cut, shall be moving in s m a m a a a i direction , ste mer y p ss westw rd of tug prov ding former gives customary signal for steamer when passing another steamer moving

in same dir ection , and this signal is answered by tug .

k as a as The tug will , however , eep well over to e tern side of ch nnel

steame r passes . But overtaking steamer shall not pass tug towing scow if steamer be approaching in opposite direction so as to make

three vessels abreast when thus passing .

R ule 17. N o steamer stemming the current through the Dyke and island cut shall be allowed to tow more than one vessel without the r aid of a tug , unless such steamer h as the power to move the tow ove th e ground at the rate of at least 3 miles an hour .

18 e ar a an ob R . W e ule henever v ssels compelled , by re son of ’ an a a in struction in y of the ch nnels of the St . M ry s river to collect a a v ffi a a cert in p rts of the river , the re enue cutter o cer in ch rge sh ll a and a an d direct where such vessels sh ll be moored nchored , no ves sel oo a a a nu m red or nchored , by re son of such obstruction , sh ll move , ofli er til directed by the revenue cutter c in charge .

’ ’ E m a R ule 19. Whenever at Joh nston s point , Sailors nca pment ,

r red ball is displayed under a white ball , or two red lights a e dis

a e a a a a am a pl yed und r white light, indic ting th t ste er with tow is ’ bound down , no steam er with a tow bound up below Johnston s point shall meet or pass the bound -down tow until the bound -down tow h as

’ passed clear of Johnston s point .

’ R 20 o a a ule . N ste mer navig ting the St . Mary s river, either a a a a e am or a scending or descending , sh ll p ss noth r ste er ste mers h am h a moving eit er in the s e or opposite direction , in suc position that more than two steamers shall be abreast of each other when thus passing . In case three steam ers ar e liable to pas s in a position wher e t more than wo of them will be abreast in passing , the overtaking steamer shall check its speed within a quarter of a mile of the over a ea t ken st mer in order to avoid passing in such position .

’ 2 A PILOTs N THE L KE HA DBOOK .

U e r D . a a s a a . A . . a R . S . o C pt B vis , C , c mm nding nit d St tes te me Mor rill h as super v ision of the enforcement of the foregoing rules and

r egulations , and all complaints or appeals arising under them will b e m fli er ade to that o c by par ties concerned .

’ ST . MARY S FALLS CANAL RULES .

x r A . tr act om ct of on r ess Au . I 18 E F C g , g 7, 94

Sec . 4 . That it shall be the duty of the secretary of war to pre s and a a a and cribe such rules regul tions for the use , dministr tions , n avigation of an y or all canals and similar works of navigation that r m n ow a e, or that her eafter ay be , owned , Operated or maintained by t h e United States as in his judgment the public necessity m ay r e

quire .

Such rules and regulations sh all be posted in conspicuous and ap r o r iate a f or a an d p p pl ces , the inform tion of the public ; every person and every corporation which shall knowingly an d wilfully violate such r ules and regulations S hal l be deemed guilty of am is d em eanor an d , on conviction thereof in an y district court in the United States within w te a f m a a m hose rritori l jurisdiction such O fense y h ve been co mitted , a a fine o a sh ll be punished by not exceeding five hundred d ll rs , or by imprisonment (in th e case of a natural person) not exceeding S ix h th e . mont s , in discretion of the court

— i r t i n R ules and R egulat ions . Ad m in st a o .

1 a n l a . The can l a d a l its appurtenances shall be in ch rge of the O fiicer o U a a m a a of the c rps of engineers , nited St tes r y, det iled for th t w r e a at a a d uty by the secretary of a . His repr sent tive the loc lity sh ll b e the assistant engineer in local charge of the works of river and a m a a S a a h rbor i provement , who , for c n l purposes , h ll be styled gener l E l t . a e al and o superin endent xcept in c se of emerg ncy , orders instru tions from the engineer oflicer in charge shall be communicated to th e

c an a h a e . In a l force t rough the gener l sup rintendent c se of emergency , h a a as m a m a owever , he is uthorized to t ke such steps y be im edi tely n ecessary without waiting for instructions from the engineer Officer

in charge.

2 . a a a The c n l force sh ll consist of one superintendent , one clerk , a a three ssist nt superintendents , an d such enginemen , watchmen , fore

an d a r as m a b a t flicient a men , lockmen l bo ers y e necess ry to h e e oper ’ PILOT N 93 THE LAKE s HA DBOOK .

tion of th e canal an d care of gr ounds an d other public property per taining to the canal .

3 a a a con . The superintendent sh ll be ch rged with the immedi te h H e a a all th e trol and management of t e entir e force . sh ll see th t ll an d u member s perform their respective duties , and that a rules reg lations for use of the canal and grounds ar e duly enforced , to which end he is auth orized to give all necessary orders and directions in ac

’ cor d ance with said rules an d r egulations , both to employes of the government and to an y or every person within the limits of the canal r a e a a a a or or the g ounds pert ining thereto , wheth r n vig ting the c n l In a a a a d not . c se of his bsence or dis bility his duties sh ll be performe a a a on their respective w tches by the ssist nt superintendents .

4 Th a and t e . e clerk sh ll keep the books records pertaining to h a a and H e a all sta c n l grounds . sh ll see to the collection of required tisti al m a a t e a a l c infor tion rel ting to the business of h c nal . He sh l prepare all vouchers an d accounts and perform al l other duties that m ay arise of a S imilar character .

a a a a e 5 . The rem inder of the c n l force sh ll be divided into thre a a of one a a and w tches , e ch consisting ssist nt superintendent the nec a Th e a and a . ess ry enginemen , w tchmen , foremen , lockmen l borers a a a a an d th e a a b e dur tion of e ch w tch sh ll be eight hours , w tches sh ll a a e m a kept in rot tion , but in c se of emerg ncy, the superintendent y a a a a b e v ry the dur tion of the w tches , the ordin ry routine to resumed as soon as the em ergency h as passed .

6. Under the personal direction of its assistant superintendent , th e individual mem bers of each watch during its tour of duty will b e o a a a a and empl yed in p ssing vessels through the c n l , in the c re pro n tection of the canal a d grounds , as well as of all other property be longing to th e United States . They ar e enj oined to be diligent and at t n a of ll e tiv e in the perform nce their duties , courteous but firm to a

a an d o a with whom they come in cont ct , to never l se sight of the f ct that the purpose of th eir em ployment is to facilitate the use of th e canaL

n i Use a d N av gat ion of t h e Canal . a a 7. The c n l grounds when used in th ese rules will mean al l of these grounds have been set aside for the use of the canal or occupied in its construction and including the area covered by its riparian r . o ights Therefore, the western limit is the end f the pier on which the light-house stands an d the eastern limit is th e northeastern corner l of O d F ort Brady reser v ation . The canal is th e water lying between t e an d and a o a a h se two points the bed b nks c nt ining the s me . ’ 94 RiLOT s OO THE LAKE HANDB K .

a r a 8. Th e movement of all vessels , bo ts or othe flo ting things , in the canal shall be under the direction of th e superintendent and his assistants , whose orders and instructions must be obeyed .

a th e 9. All steamer s desir ing to use the locks S hall S ign l for s ame by two long an d two short blasts of th e whistle .

10. N o tow S hall enter or pass through the canal with a tow line

more th an 400 feet in length .

11. In passing th e canal , vessels or bo ats belonging to the United All States governm ent shall have precedence over all others . regis ter ed merchant vessels must pass through the canal and locks in the of a a at a a order their rriv l the c n l , unless otherwise directed by the s uperintendent or his assistant in charge . The time of arrival at the canal will be the time of crossing the straight lines which join the ex as and r tremes of the piers of the e tern western ends of the canal , e l U spectiv e y . nregister ed craft will not be locked separately unless specially permitted by the superintendent or by one of the assistant superintendents of the canal .

2 N o a om 1 . person in charge of a bo t c ing fr om above shall bring it within 400 feet of the upper gates until they ar e made ready for it

and a a a o a to enter , no person in ch rge of bo t coming from bel w sh ll bring it within 2 00 feet of the lower gate s until they ar e m ade ready

for entrance .

U o 13 . a a a ana a pon e ch p ss ge thr ugh the c l , m sters or clerks of a a a a ffi e o vessels or bo ts sh ll report to the c n l o c , upon prescribed f rms , a m of n n a st te ent passengers , freight, a d r egistered tonnage , a d such o ther statistical information as m ay be required by the blank forms

ar e h o which issued to t em for the purp se .

14 . N o business , trading , or landing of fr eight or baggage will be

a o or a a o a th e or ll wed on over the c n l piers or l ck w lls , nor over piers m n a ar a a or a a g rounds for i g p t of the c n l its ppurten nces , except such S m a a as m a a a Al l ll rticles y be re dily c rried in the h and . persons in n o r c harge of, or employed on , a y ferry b at a e pr ohibited landing such

boat at an y of the canal piers .

5 N a of 1 . o person in ch rge , or employed on , any vessel or boat shall m oor it to th e piers except when specially permitted by the sup er intend en t and e a and m as , th n only in such pl ces for such ti es he

m ay direct . 16 . N o person shall throw an y material of any kind into the can ai n or h a an u s ; s ll y person clean fl e in the locks .

’ A PILOT s BOO THE L KE HAND K .

an d , on conviction ther eof in any distr ict court in the United States and within whose territorial jurisdiction such offense m ay have been

committed , S hall b e punished by a fine not exceeding $500, or by im pr isonment (in th e case of a natural per son ) not exceeding six

o s r m nths , in the di cretion of the cou t .

R ules and R egulat ions.

r th e 1. The canal and all its appurtenances shall be in cha ge of

ffi th e s U . . A . a h a o cer of corps of engineer S , det iled for t t duty by the w r is e a a a a secretary of a . H repr sent tive t the loc lity sh ll be the cus tod ian a a a a i an d in of the c n l , who sh ll custom r ly receive his orders tr uction s flic r a s o o e . In a s of e fr m the engineer in ch rge c se emerg ncy,

howeve r , the custodian shall have authority to take such steps as m ay be immediately necessary without waiting for instructions from the ffi engineer o cer in ch arge .

a an a a 2 . The custodian of the s id c l sh ll be charged with the im mediate control an d management thereof, an d of the grounds an d pub

lic property pertaining thereto . H e shall see that all laws , rules an d

‘ regulations for the use of the canal and grounds ar e duly complied a all a and with , to which end he is uthorized to give necess ry orders a a h e directions in ccord nce t rewith , both to employees of the govern ment and to any or every person within the lim its of th e canal or the

a a a a a or . In grounds pert ining thereto , whether n vig ting the c n l not a a a a i a b e c se of the bsence or dis bility of the custodi n , his dut es sh ll performed by an acting custodian to be designated by th e engineer officer in charge .

o a e and a 3 . The cust di n is enjoined to be dilig nt ttentive in the a all h h e perform nce of his duties , courteous but firm to with w om m c a and o f a a co es in ont ct, never lose sight the f ct th t the purpose of a a a his employment is to f cilit te the use of the c nal .

n Use a d N av igat ion of t h e Canal.

D efi i ion —S t a r: F a - an m n t . . a s Cl i l ts ship c l co prises the dyke , the water between the dykes , and the improved channels of approach both

above an d below the dykes .

4 a a a e as . The custodi n of the c n l , either by hims lf or through sist e m of al l a an -flo t ants , shall dir ct the move ents vessels , bo ts , d other a

a nd al ir c ing things in the can l , a of l persons upon the dykes . The d e and e h im a a tions , orders instructions giv n by or his ssist nts in direct n ing the movement of a y vessel , boat or other floating thing in th e canal shall be obeyed by al l persons in charge of or employed upon ’ P ILOTs 97» THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

n a an d said vessel , boat or other floating thing , a d by e ch every per son upon the dykes .

a m a 5 . All persons in ch rge of or e ployed upon vessels or bo ts ar e forbidden to throw anything into the canal or to cause or permit their respective vessels .

To land or tie up to the banks unless for gover nment business .

To enter the canal two or more abreast .

To pass anothe r vessel or boat wh ile going in the same direction in the canal .

' To follow another vessel or boat at a distance of less than 500 feet except when in tow .

a on To pass the canal in more th n e line going each way .

o a a an wa or a a To bstruct the c n l in y y , to intention lly del y, by slow passage through the canal , or by any other means , the progress of other vessels or boats navigating the same .

To hug the canal banks in passing , or to deviate more from th e

o f a a a a a a a o middle the c n l th n is necess ry for s fe n vig ti n . To attem pt passing the canal in the face of running ice without u o the express permission of the c st dian of the canal .

To pass the canal at a rate of speed exceeding eight miles per hour .

6. N o one in char ge of, or em ployed on , a sailing vessel shall a se or m h eat h c u per it such vessel to throug the canal . He shall tow th e vessel through or wait for a fair wind .

a 7. N o a r one in ch rge of, or employed on vessel , however, p o ell ed a a a p , sh ll c use or permit such vessel to p ss through the canal o with its sail r sails up, unless it be a sail vessel running with a fair wind .

8. N o ar or m a a one in ch ge of, e ployed on vessel , sh ll cause or m m per it such vessel to enter , or atte pt to pass through the canal at , a time when the available depth of water in the canal is not as great as , n a ; a d . a a a the dr ft of the vessel the custodi n of the c n l shall , fr om a th e a o time to time , nnounce in m rine c lumns of th e newspapers th e

available depth of water in the canal .

a 9. To prevent block des in the canal or its approaches the us , c tod ian of th e canal is authorized to detain any vessel at either end

thereof until , in his opinion , a safe passage can be secured and no , ’ 98 P iLOT s THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

one shall do anything to interfere with or prohibit his doing so ; or anything th at will tend to , or is likely to , interfere with or prohibit his doing so .

10. All persons ar e prohibited from wilfully or carelessly injur ing or damaging the revetment work of the dykes , or the trees gr owing on an th e r n or the dyk‘es , or y of gove ment buildings other public prop r h e ty pertaining to the canal or the dykes , or an y part t ereof .

11. In a or case of any boat , vessel , or other cr ft , or raft , sinking r g ounding in th e canal or otherwise obstructing it , the officer , or agent of the United States in charge of the canal S hall have the right to

a e on a r r a a as t k such possessi of such vessel , bo t , or othe c ft, or r ft, n d shall be necessary for the purpose , a remove it , and clear the canal of the obstruction caused by it ; and no one shall interfer e with or pr o b ibit him from doing so, or do anything that will tend to interfere h im a with or prohibit from doing so ; provided , th t the officer , or agent th e U at m a of nited St es , y , in his discretion , give notice in writing to a a a the owners of any vessel , bo t , or other cr ft, or r ft , obstructing th e canal as aforesaid .

The foregoing rules an d regulations for the administration , use an d a a F a - a a a a and n vigation of St . Cl ir l ts chip c n l , sh ll h ve full force 8 effect from an d after July 1, 1 95 .

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR PORTAGE LAKE

SHIP CANALS ACRO SS KEWEENAW POINT ,

MICHIGAN .

h a flicer s— all a and 1. A ut ority of Can l O The movement of bo ts

oa a a an d a a er a b e fl ting things in the c n ls , in the ppro ches th eto, sh ll h e under the direction of t e sup rintendent or his authorized assistants .

2 a —Ou a a at a e . Sign ls entering the upper c n l either entr nc steamers or tugs must blow their whistles for one minute , and in case

S a a a at a a a two boats h ll be in the c n l the s me time , e ch sh ll so modify “ L o n its speed as to pass the other at ily P nd , a d when one arrives at “ ” a Li Pond before the other , a stop must be m de until the other ar a a h e e a a r ives and passes . In n vig ting t low r c n ls vessels will be gov “ erned by the following well-known rule : Whenever a steamer is a a a h nearing sh rp bend or curve in the ch nnel , w ere from the heights of th e banks or other cause a steamer approaching from the opposite a a a a f a m th direction c nnot be seen from dist nce of h l ile , e pilot of

’ 100 P ILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

— a 7. Making F ast Making fast to the trestles of the elevated w lk

a a h o a e to le ding to the pier he d lig th use , to the entr nce pi rs , or the “ at of a a at L revetments the sides the c n l , except ily Pond , is strictly

prohibited .

I nd — e a 8. a njury to Piers , Cribs Sheet Piling V ssels sh ll use a a or an gre t c re not to strike injure the cribs , piers , sheet piling or y a structures pertaining to the can ls .

—N a n 9. R efuse in Canals o person sh ll roll or throw a y stones , a or o a a a a or a oa shes , cinders ther m teri l into the c n l the ppr ches a an h a a an a or m thereto , or pl ce y suc m teri l on y b nk ber e of the

canals , so that it is liable to be rolled , thrown or washed in .

D a of a —N o a a a o 10. r ught Bo ts vessel sh ll enter the c n ls wh se actual draught exceeds the least depth of water in the channels of the

can als as given by the superintendent . — 11. Obstructing N avigation A ny one who sh all wilfully or th rough car l essn ess in any way obstruct the free navigation of the a a o a o of an of a a o c n ls , or by the vi l ti n y the l ws or regul tions g verning a a a n an the c n ls or those using them , del y or inconve ience y boat h av a a a o and a ing the right to use the c n ls , will be li ble to prosecuti n , sh ll al l a a n d a be responsible for d m ges a del ys , an d for the expense for r e

moving the obstructions .

‘ — U . . t 12 . a E c N o o a Occup tion of S Piers , pers n or p rties shall oo a a a a m or o a or tie , or m r g inst the c n l revet ents piers , sc ws , r fts ves an to a oa o o a sels of y kind , lo d or unl d int or fr m s id scows or vessels a o a a m o oo m a cr ss the c n l revet ents or piers , c rdw d , timber or ateri l of an or a a a e or y kind , pile the s me up on the c n l rev tments or piers ,

righ t of way of canals .

13 m a a — m a . Co merci l St tistics The sters or clerks of vessel s using the canals shall furnish in writing to the superintendent or h is a a a a a m a n s and a a e ssist nts det iled st te ent of p sse ger c rgo c rri d . ’ PILOTs 101 THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR THE GOVERN B MENT O F THE HAR OR OF REFUGE , SAND

BEACH , MICHIGAN .

' I a a an act a n ccord nce with the provisions of of congress , pproved

June 19, 1882 , the following regulations ar e prescribed respecting the use of this harbor

e 1. All boats , barges an d vessels entering th e harbor will be r q uired to take such positions as m ay be assigned them by the custod ian m m om a a , who will direct their ove ents , either fr the bre kw ter or m m m fro the govern ent stea launch on the harbor .

In n a a 2 . th e absence of a y directions as to positions , bo ts , b rges an d vessels entering the harbor will O bserve the following general : A l am a a a m a a to rule l ste cr ft will , when pr ctic ble , ke f st directly the o a h m snubbing posts in the breakwater . Sailing craft will so l c te t e selves that they will not lie in the way of other vessels entering the

a o or an wa o o h rb r , in y y interfere with the w rk of c nstruction or r e pairs that m ay be in progress at the tim e .

a m a a t 3 . The use of ch ins in king f st o the breakwater will not m and m a a to be per itted , lines ust be tt ched the snubbing posts only .

4 m a w . a a to a a Ste cr ft with b rges or vessels in , will , if pr ctic ble , at once place th em com pactly alongside the breakwater ; either tak ing in the tow line entirely , or passing them on the breakwater so as

' not to interfere in an y way with the landing or departure of boats or If m vessels between them . i practicable to place th em alongsid e the a a a o a h an d at a all bre kw ter , they will e ch dr p nc or once t ke in tow lines extending from one to the other .

5 a a a a th . P ssenger bo ts will in gener l h ve e preference as to loca tion an d attention by the custodian . R afts will give way to all docu m ented craft .

6. All a a a h a cl sses of bo ts , b rges , vessels or ot er flo ting property m aking fast to the breakwater m ust at once place such fenders b e tween them selves and the breakwater as m ay be thought necessary by

t a er v ent a a a the cus odi n to p ch fing or other d m ge .

an 7. a oa a a o The unlo ding of wood , c l , b ll st , st ne or freight of y a a a o a cl ss upon the bre kw ter is expressly pr hibited , except in cert in cas es allowed by special per m ission from the custodian . ’ THE LAKE PILOTS HANDBOOK .

a a 8. E ach an d every piece of floating property m de f st to the bTeakwater or anchored in the harbor must keep outboard from sun n d m set to sunrise a conspicuous white light , a ust have upon it, or in a a a a a e m float immedi te ch rge of it, w tchm n during the ntire ti e such l ing property is in th e harbor . Al colored lights must be at once n m taken in , or covered , o dropping anchor or aking fast to the break water.

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR NAVIGATING THE

SAINT CLAIR RIVER, MICH . , IN THE VICINITY

O F STAG ISLAND .

The United States government having im proved the channel to

the westward of Stag Island by the rem oval of shoals , the following regulation is prom ulgated by the Secretar y of W ar in pursuance of o 4 an d a act A the pr visions of Section of the river h rbor of ugust 18, 4 m 189 , as a ended by Section 11 of the river an d harbor act of June

13 , 1902 .

All through-b ound vessels in passing thr ough the river at this

a l l u - a al point shall keep to the right, th t is to say , a p bound bo ts sh l pass through the eastern channel an d all down -bound boats through

the western channel .

This rule shall only apply to through -bound vessels an d not to vessels running between local points on the river, which vessels m ay a a m a a at t ke either ch nnel , confor ing to the ordin ry rules of the ro d

sea.

R E R E OB T SHAW OLIV R,

A ssistant Secretary of W ar .

1907. W ar D epartm ent , January 8,

The Canadian governm ent have concur red in the for egoing r egu l ation s for the navigation of the St . Clair river .

’ 104 PILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

STORM SIGNALS .

As Displayed on th e Gr eat Lakes at Un ited States Weather

B r a at on s u e u St i .

3 W. Stor m . 8. 8. Stor m . .

Inf or m ation S ignals (R ed o r W h ite P ennant Displayed Alone) H av e

B en i t u e D scon in ed .

a a n Ex pl n tio .

A fl a S tor m S ignal. red ag with a bl ck center indicates that a storm of marked violence is expected .

The pennants displayed with the flags indicate th e direction of

the wind ; red , easterly (from northeast to south ) ; white , westerly a (from southwest to north) . The penn nt above th e flag indicates that th e a a the wind is expected to blow from northerly qu dr nts ; below , from the southerly quadrants .

By night, a red light indicates easterly winds , and a white light above a r ed light , westerly winds .

H ur r icane S ignal . Two red flags with black center s displayed n a a th e a r a of a o e bove the other , indic te expected pp o ch tropic l hur a and a and a ric nes , lso of those extremely severe d ngerous storms which occasionally m ove across th e lakes and the north ern A tlantic c oa a ar a a e . st . Hurric ne w rnings e not displ y d at night ’ P ILOT s 105 THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

CANADIAN STORM SIGNALS . D na s ay Sig l .

tario indicates

N O A a A a a . moder te gale is ex moder te g le is ex pected at first from an pected from a souther

easterly direction l y direction .

N o. A heavy gale is expected A heavy gale is expected at first from a wester at first from anor th er

l y direction . l y direction .

N o. A heavy gale is expected A heavy gale is expected at first from an easter at first from a souther

l y direction . l y direction .

N o. A heavy gale is expected A heavy gale is expected at first from a wester at first from a n or th er

l l . y direction . y direction

The cone when displayed alone indicates that it is expected that the wind will attain a velocity of 2 5 m iles an hour but will not exceed m n - 3 5 iles , a d it is not intended to indicate th at an ordinary well found vessel should stay in port, but is simply a warning that strong winds a r e expected from the quarter indicated . The drum will always be hoisted wh en the velocity of the wind is expected to exceed 3 5 m iles an hour .

n s Night Sig al .

D a na N os nd N a . 1 a 3 The ight Sign l corresponding to y Sig ls , is two lanterns hanging one above th e oth er .

o n The N ight Signal cor responding to D ay Signals N s . 2 a d 4 , is two lanterns hanging side by side . ’ 106 P iLOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

GOVERNMENT SOUNDINGS .

Lake m en ar e sometimes puzzled as to the depths given on charts nd I a a a in the Government bulletins . n sounding a cert in pl ce they som etimes get a diff erent depth than that given by the Lake Survey an d the im pression so gained by m any is that har bor charts an d a r v a ar e a . a L bulletins not reli ble On the contr ry, the ke Su ey ch rts an d bulletins ar e reliable an d when their method of showing depths is properly understood it will be found that they ar e exact in every If a a was o of J particular . a cert in h rbor s unded in the month une an d again in September the depths found would be very different of on account of the changes in the lake level . The soundings the La v ar e S O a a a a ke Sur ey m de th t , by proper ttention , the ex ct depths can be found at any time . The sea level at N ew York is taken as

of a base . Then the heights the diff erent lakes , above the level

w m r of N e Y a o . a e ork , is found e ch nth These levels published in the bulletins an d supplem ents th at ar e issued from the Lake

fiice m a fin d O a . Survey , free of ch rge On so e ch rts you will Soundings ar e a a l ow a a and a reduced to st nd rd w ter d tum , on other ch rts “ you will find Soundings ar e reduced to the mean level of the lake m 1 1 o a fro 860 to 875 . If your chart shows S undings r educed to st nd ar d low- a a all a a a w ter d tum , then th t is necess ry is to find wh t this F r in level is and then find th e latest published monthly lev el . o

- E to stance , the standard low water for Lake rie is found be a N feet bove ew York . Then we will say that you ar e m aking a th f m 1 0 e o 9 6. sounding in month Septe ber, By reference to the monthly supplem ent you will find that the September level is By this you will find that the water is feet deeper in Septem ber 1906 a a th n is shown on the ch rt . On the other hand if your Lake E rie chart reads Soundings reduced to mean level of lake from 1860 to

“ 1875 by reference to the bulletin you will find this level was Then again you get the level of Lake E rie f or September 1906 which , , was an d you will find that the depth of Lake E rie for Septem

4 f o ber is . 0 o a foot less than is sh wn on the chart .

c al Spe i Note .

If your chart reads Soundings reduced to standard l ow- water d atum , you can figure that the water is at least two feet deeper “ o than is sh wn on the chart, while if your chart reads , Soundings reduced to m ean level of lake from 1860 to y ou can figure that

the water is probably six inches less than is shown on the ch art . On all the new charts the s oundings ar e reduced to standard l ow

water datum .

’ 108 A PILor s N THE L KE HA DBOOK .

F r F r l w our a uller street b idge is in the South o k . B o f bl sts for Kin r e A n zie st et bridge , four blasts for shland avenue bridge , a d fiv e

whistles f or F uller street bridge .

i w a M l ukee . Three whistles is the S ignal f or all Milwaukee bridges excepting a a r R a a West W ter street bridge , cross the Menominee rive , the ilw y a a and a bridge just e st of the West W ter street bridge , the Chic go an d N a . a orthwestern bridge , cross the Kinnickinnic The sign l for h s o t e e bridges is f ur blasts . Another exception is the Point street

a B a a a th e a f or e bridge , entr nce to Green y c n l , sign l this being fiv blasts. r e n G e B ay . Chicago and N orthwestern R ailway bridge (first bridge) 3 blasts ai 2 1 M n street bridge (second bridge) short , long “ a r 1 o 2 W lnut street bridge (third b idge ) l ng , short a o M son street bridge (f urth bridge) 1 long , 1 short, 1 long Upper R ailroad bridge 3 blasts

BRIDGE HOURS .

At the lake ports m entioned below the dr awbridges wil l not be opened for the passage of vessels during the time specified as

o and o Bridge Hours . This is for the benefit of pe ple going to fr m

ar e a . their places of business . Bridge hours for week d ys only

5 . 6 . . Buff alo a. m . to a. m ; p . m to p m

m 5 . 6 . . Cleveland a. m . to a. . ; p . m to p m — 6 . . 5 . . Lorain 5 a. m . to 7a. m . ; p m to p m

Milwaukee a. m . to 7a. In. only.

I6 12 o 1 R acine a. m . to 7a. ; to no n ; to noon

to . . 6 p . m . p m

Chicago—All bridges across the main river and across th e a a a South br nch of the Chic go river , from its junction with the m in a and river , and as f ar south as Twelfth street, including the l tter , th a a o at th e acr oss e N orth br nch of the Chic g river Kinzie street,

m . m . 5 . . 6 . 8 . n 7 hours ar e a. In to a m . , a d p to p

All bridges across the N orth branch of the Chicago river , from S a a and a Kinzie treet , exclusive , to H lste d street, inclusive , cross the

a th e a , South br nch of Chic go river, from Twelfth street, exclusive m and 7 a. . to a a h ar e 6 a. . H lste d street, inclusive , the ours m to , m p . . to p . In . — 7 . . Al l and 6 . . other bridges 6 a. m . to 7a. m p m to p m ’ T A HE L KE PILOTS HANDBOOK .

GREATEST DEPTH S O F WATER ON EACH LA KE AS

RECORDED B Y THE U . S . LAKE SURVEY . — Lake Superior 168 fathoms (1008 feet) found at a point 61 miles E . south from Passag e Island light . — Lake Michigan 145 fathoms (870 feet) found at a point 2 6 miles

. . . W . o . a S W by W , from P int Betsey light — 5 E Lake Huron 125 fathoms (750 feet) found at a point 8 miles .

54. S . from Thunder B ay Island light . — Lake E rie 3 5 fathoms (2 10 feet) found at a point miles

E . L . S . from ong Point — Lake Ontario 12 3 fathoms (73 8 feet) found at a point 28 miles

N . E . by E . from Charlotte .

TH E GREATEST KNOWN DEPTH OF WATER IN THE

WORLD .

The greatest known depth Of water in the world was discovered “ a by the United States Survey Sh ip N ero, in 1900, near the isl nd of m was 52 69 a or Gua , in the Pacific ocean . This sounding f thoms , nearly six statute miles .

These deep-sea soundings ar e made with a S ixty pound iron ball

attached to a wire . This ball detaches itself on striking the bottom . The pressure of water in the great depths of the ocean is about on ton e to the squar e inch for each fath oms of water . T here fore in the deepest r ecor ded spot in the ocean as given above there ar would b e a pressure of over five tons to the squ e inch .

REGULATIONS FOR THE SALE O F LAKE SURVEY

CHARTS .

1. The free distribution of these charts is held to b e proh ibited A by the ct of Congr ess approved May 4 , 1878, and in accordance with the requir ements of the l aw the prices charged cover only the cost U a a n to the nited St tes of p per a d printing.

2 . a m a a an at Ch rts y be purch sed by y one , the prices given a a r o La in the following c t logue, f m U . S . ke Sur vey omce, Campau D E Building, etroit, Mich . , or from U . S . ngineer omoe, 540 F ederal

Building, Buff alo, N . Y . ’ 110 THE LAKE PILOTs HANDBOOK .

a ar e and a 3 . Payments must be made before ch rts sent, if m de b y mail must be by postal or express money order payable to the m D o o rder of U . S . Lake Survey o oe if ordered from etr it , or to the

E mo ff a o. h a U . o rder of S . ngineer o e if ordered from Bu l These c rts fii t U . . a a c m ay also be obtained , for cash only, a the S C n l O e at Sault

S te. Marie . Mich .

a 4 . Charts will be sent by express , the express ch rges to be

’ a a ei of a or a at a p id by purch ser on rec pt ch rts , free by m il purch ser s a r . a a isk Purch sers should indic te , when ordering ch rts , whether they

wish th em sent by express or m ail . The latter will be used when

n o choice is indicated .

a an d a 5 . Purch sers should specify the index number n me of

a a . e ach chart desired , as given in the following c t logue

m a ar at o U . 6. Co plete sets of these ch rts e on file the f llowing f m a an S . E ngineer O fices , where they y be seen by y one , but pur chases must be made from one of th e offices named in paragraph 3 above

D uluth , Minn 5 19 Providence Building .

- U . . M a . ilw ukee , Wis , S Custom House . l C hicago , 111 508 F ederal Bui ding .

G a R a h . 57 a . r nd pids , Mic , P rk Street

262 a O . Clevel nd , hio, Huron Street

a o N . Y N a a Osweg , Second tion l B nk Building .

LAK E ONTAR IO LAK E ONTAR IO

0 15 0 15 Om - h r t N 3 c lor s $ Lake Ontar io (col ors) C oast c a o . ( o ) - 20 Os St. Lawr ence iver No 1 col or 15 O n oast ch ar t N o . 4 color s R . s) C ( ) - 15 Of St. Lawr ence iver No 2 col ) 20 Oo oast ch ar t N o . 5 R . or s C

15 O St. Lawr ence i er N 3 col or 12 0 1 7O swe o H ar b or R v o. s) g 15 O S e i 15 0 9 Li ttl Sod s Ba t. Lawr enc ver No. 4 ( colors 1 e y . R u

15 0 1 St. Lawr ence i er N 5 t col ors 15 Om 3 r eat Sod s Ba R v o. ) G u y

15 O St. Lawr ence i er N ( lor 15 On 1 h ar l otte H ar bor R v o. 6 co s) C - 15 O Co ast ch ar t N o . 1 color s ) 20 Oo 7N iagar aF all s 12 i o s - ) O C a t c h ar t N o . 2 (color s

’ 112 TH E P S OO LAKE ILOT HANDB K .

VESSELS O F T H E REVENUE CUTTER SERVICE O F

THE GREAT LAKES .

S T ATI ON

n V 670 1902 Rich m o d , a. Mil waukee , W is . i 12 1899 er se C t N . . C ca o 111. J y y , J hi g , 3 9 Wi m n t n D D t i Mich 97 189 l i g o , el . e ro t , i d S M h 2 0 l t m or e M au ic . 20 19 3 a . t Ste ar i e B , l M , Y 3 70 1874 P r t a d Me d en sb ur N . . o l n , Og g ,

ARRANGEMENTS OF B UOYS .

1. In a a t a s a r ppro ching h e ch nnel , from e ward , ed buoys , with e be a r even numb rs , will found on the st rboa d side of the channel , b e and must left on the starboard hand in passing in.

2 . In a oa n th e a sea ar a s ppr chi g ch nnel , from w d , bl ck buoy , with od d i a and s numbers , w ll be found on the port side of the ch nnel , mu t r a a be left on the po t h nd in p ssing in . h 3 . Buoys painted wit red and black hor izontal str ipes will b e a a found on Obstructions , with ch nnel w ys on either side of them , and m a y be left on either side in passing .

4 a r ed and a r . Buoys p inted with bl ck pe pendicular stripes will - a and a se be found in mid ch nnel , must be p s d close to to avoid danger .

un and r N buoys , properly colored numbered , a e usually placed on

the starboar d side , and can uoys on the ort side Of channels b p .

Defin itions

A a a a nun buoy is steel b rrel with cone shaped top .

n a a A ca buoy is steel b rrel with a flat top .

DRY DO CKS OF THE GREAT LA KES .

Buffalo

Do ff a D r Co. 4 Bu lo y ck , docks with lengths of 291 3 4 3 , 7, 79, and 478 feet respectively.

E mpire Shipbuilding Co 2 floating docks with lengths of 100 and 12 5 feet respectively . ’ r m : PI S N 113 LAKE LOT HA DBOOK .

C lev eland

A a Co. 3 h h s of 3 60 4 50 and meric n Shipbuilding , docks wit lengt , ,

547feet r espectively.

Lor ain A a 1 60 Co. o 0 . meric n Shipbuilding , d ck , length feet

S and us ky

P oulit Boat Co. , 1 dock, length 13 0 feet .

T ol ed o k 5 Craig Shipbuild ing Co. , 1 d oc , length 52 feet .

A . Gilmor e , 1 dock , length 23 5 feet .

Toledo Mar ine R ailway, length 100 feet.

Det r oit

La E i er 1 atin 600 ee . Great kes ng ne ing Works , flo g dock , length f t

o 2 c e 2 3 2 and 3 87 t r e D etroit Shipbuilding C do ks , l ngths fee

spectiv ely .

Oad es Marine R ailway, length 186 feet .

P or t H ur on

Co. 1 412 e . Port Hur on Shipbuilding , dock, length f et

D D o 1 a 20 e . Wolverine r y ock C . , flo ting dock , length 8 f et Bay C ity Da 2 43 5 and 3 15 e vidson Shipbuilding Co docks , lengths f et .

S ault S te Mar ie 190 B ickler Br os . marine r ailway, length feet . Duluth

1 a e 60 ee . N apoleon Gr ignon, flo ting dock, l ngth f t

S uper ior

5 14 and 620 ee . o. 2 s Superior Shipbuilding C , dock , lengths f t 95 e 1 a . Lake Super ior Dredging Co flo ting dock, length fe t

S tur geon Bay a n s 100 150 170 and 215 o . 4 R ieb olt Wolter C , flo ti g dock , lengths , ,

feet.

Manitowoc o 1 3 40 e 1 oa c Manitowoc Dr y Dock C dock, length f et ; fl ting do k, e length 120 fe t .

Milwaukee Milwaukee Dr y Dock Co 2 docks lengths 3 20 and 455 feet 3

90 13 0 and 200 . floating docks, lengths , feet

C h lcago

s e s 180 3 20 and 500 et. Shipowner s Dr y Dock Co 3 dock , l ngth , fe ’ 114 P S D THE LAKE ILOT HAN BOOK .

S outh Ch icago a 1 o Co. 4 56 . Chic go Shipbuilding , d ck , length feet Oswego a Dr D 1 O C . 1 o 65 . nt rio y ock , dock, length feet Ogd ensb ur g L a S t . awrence Marine R ailw y Co . , 1 dock, length

CANADIAN DRY DO CKS .

Ow en S ound

o D r D o 1 00 O 3 . C . wen S und y ock , dock, length feet Collingwood

Collingwood Shipb uilding Co 1 dock, length 5 17 feet .

P or t Dalh ousie

3 00 . Muir Brothers , floating dock, length feet

T or onto 9 Medler an d Arnot, 1 dock, length 0 feet .

Ki ngston D r D 1 180 Kingston y ock Co dock , length feet . o 1 Davis D r y D ock Co 1 d ck, length 80 feet .

Mo nt r eal

a 2 200 an d 2 16 . Canada M rine Works , docks, lengths feet

Q ueb ec 180 an d 3 D avie an d Sons , 2 docks , lengths 2 6 feet . 3 2 2 R oss an d Co . , 1 dock, length feet. 2 23 The R ussell Co . , 1 dock, length feet .

P P O ULATIO N OF LAKE CITIES , TOWNS AND

VILLAGES . (F rom the census of 1900)

e ntar o - or t or Lak O i N h Sh e .

Kingston Port Hope 53 0 N ewcastle Bowmanville W hitby Toronto Po rt Oakville Hamilton

’ 116 P I LOT s THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

a r on— a or L ke Hu E st Sh e .

Port Point E dwards

or an B Ge gi ay . Tobermory 100 Byng Inlet Wiar ton Killarney Owen Sound Little Current Meaford Gore B ay Collingwood Algoma Mills Penetanguishene Blind R iv er Midland Thessalon Victoria Harbor 3 00 Bruce Mines W aub ash ene Garden R iver Parr y Sound Sault Ste Marie

v r 80 0 Ri e .

D etour 880 B ay Mills S ault Ste Marie (Mich ) Em erson a a i S ult Ste M rie (Ont . ) Wh tefish Point Brim ley 207

a c an— as or L ke Mi hig E t Sh e . C ross Village 53 1 F r ankfort

H arbor Springs S . F rankfort 63 9 Petoskey Manistee C harlevoix Ludington Boyne City 912 Pentwater 1 061 E ast Jordan Muskegon South A r m 3 07 Grand Haven E l k R apids Saugatuck 707 Trav erse City S outh Hav en Old Mission 107 Benton Harbor

Good Harbor 186 St . Joseph N orthport 405 N ew E nflal o 629 Leland 3 96 Michigan City Glen Hav en 83

La c an— s or ke Mi hig We t Sh e . Chicago Marinette Waukegan Menom inee Kenosha Cedar R iv er R acine F ord R iv er Milwaukee E s canaba Port Washington Wells Sheboygan G ladstone Manitowoc R apid R iver T wo R iv ers Vans Harbor ’ O 117 THE LAKE PILOTS HANDB OK . — Lake Michigan West Shor e . N ahma Garden F ayette Thompson 3 68 Manistique — Lake Super ior South Shor e . Grand Marais 843 Hancock 4 050 Munising Lake Linden 2 597 La L Marquette S . ke inden Pequaming 573 O n tonogan ’ 02 A a L . A nse 0 shl nd Baraga Washburn Copper Harbor 205 B ay flel d 1 689 E agle Harbor 107 R ed cliif 51 E agle R iver 112 Port Wing 25 7 Chassell 667 Superior D ollar B ay 723 West Super ior H oughton

a er or — or t or L ke Sup i N h Sh e . D uluth F or t William West D uluth Port Arthur T wo Harbors 3 278 N ipigon 50

Grand Marais (Minn . ) 2 98

B THE LA KE MICHIGAN WINTER STEAM OAT LINES .

a o e R a and a . Milw uk e to cine Chic g Manitowoc to F r ankfort .

a to a a . a F r a Milw ukee Gr nd H ven Kew unee to nkfort . a t L o . a L Milw ukee udington Kew unee to udington . M a B a a a . F a ilw ukee to Sturgeon y C n l r nkfort to Manistique .

a o o L . L a M nit w c to udington udington to M nistique .

SOME O F THE PROMINENT LANDMARKS OF LAKE P SU ERIOR . Au a a 400 Point S ble s nd hills , feet high .

Pictured R ocks , 170 feet high . a I a 200 Gr nd sl nd , feet high .

o ar , o a 522 M unt Mesn d just s uth of M rquette , feet high . a Ives ill , just to westw rd of Big B a point 103 0 feet high H y , . t a Mount ur on , just o eastw rd of uron Islands 93 0 feet high H H , . I a 160 ee Huron sl nds , f t high . ’ 118 P S THE LAKE ILOT HANDBOOK .

e o a 1420 Porcupin m unt ins , feet high . i I P e sland , 900 feet high .

t McK a Moun y , to the south westward of F ort William , 990 feet high . D uluth , 560 feet high . a Thunder C pe , 800 feet high . a a a 13 5 0 . High l nd b ck of Thunder C pe, feet high

I . I a o o L sle St gn ce , north sh re f ake Superior, 12 60 feet high . im m La a a N E . e La 1520 nd b ck of S ons H rbor, . shor ke Superior , feet high . Mi h i c pocoten Island , 925 feet high .

m 1 5 o 16 N . E . W 3 0 C pper ine point , miles from hitefish point, feet

R a a 850 udder He d point, directly e st from Whitefish point, feet high .

4 e Gros Cap, 00 fe t high .

o I o a 400 P int roqu is high l nd , feet high .

T H E HEIGHTS O F SOME O F T H E MO ST PROMI . T E NENT LANDMARKS O F H O CEAN .

A a a as 1098 . ils Cr ig, Scottish co t, feet high

Gomera Island , 1440 feet high .

a G 800 . C pe of ood Hope , feet high

a 500 . C pe Horn , feet high F 3 80 e a . South orel nd , fe t high

THE CREW OF A MO DERN LAKE STEEL FREIGHT

STEAMER AND THEIR WAGES .

a m o M ster, per nth

F irst Mate , per month

Second Mate , per month

o Chief E ngineer , per m nth

F irst A ssistant E ngineer , per month

Second A ssistant E ngineer , per m onth 2 Oilers per m onth each 2 h m W eels en , per month each

2 Watchmen , per month each

Steward , per month

Things Wor th Knowing

m m

The registered tonnage of a vessel is the net tonnag e .

A full loaded ship carr ies about twice its not r egistered tonnage . Vessels less than five net tons require no license an d ar e exem pt from the laws r egulating the coas ting tr ade .

Vessels over twenty net tons ar e enrolled and licensed .

A boat in the water displaces water equal to its own weight . Steamers ar e n ot allowed to r un even one d ay on an expired cer tificate Of inspection .

Vessels from five to twenty net tons ar e required to be licensed . Steamers cannot be t e- inspected by the Hull an d Boiler inspectors more than thirty days previous to the expiration of their present

r a ce tific tes . A boat that draws ten feet of water in fresh water will raise up — — two inches to 9 feet 10 inches ou going into the salt water of the ocean .

Salt water first becomes noticeable thirty m iles below Quebec . A a a a a an d a a The meric ns built the St . Cl ir ship c n l fterw rds dis covered that it was in Canadian waters .

The H ay Lake cut was opened in 1894 .

The H ay Lake cut shortened the route to the 800 about ten miles . th 1 The fir st 800 canal was built on e Canadian S ide in 797. The

' n w l ook was 3 8 feet long and 8 feet wide a d as destroyed b y U. S . troops in 1814 . Prev ious to the year 1892 the head light of a steamer was car ried

higher than the stern light. Previous to the year 1892 a lone steamer running in a fog blew one long blast of the steam whistle at intervals of not mor e than one

minute . A steamer with a tow blew three whistles . A gr eater tonnage annually passes D etroit than that which enters and clears in the F oreign trade of the Atlantic an d Pacific coasts of the United States . The Tonnage passing through the Soo canal by many times ex ceed s that of the Suez canal . a a 1904 as a a of a a r T king the st tistics of b sis , the tot l freight c r ied 00 94 was a A a an d 6 $ . through the , per cent c rried by meric n vessels a a per cent. by C nadi n vessels . ’ PILOT 12 1 THE LAKE s HANDBOOK .

The west bound freight at the $00 is onl y about one-fifth the amount of the east bound freight. F ifty-four million tons of freight pas ses th r ough the D etroit river each season . s During the eight months of the season of navigation on the lake , five times more freight passes through th e Detroit river than passes r a a a through the g e t Suez c n l in twelve months . D uring the season of navigation of 1905 th e three locks at th e oo S pas sed an average of 87 vessels 3 . d ay . This recor d h as never a n h been pproached by a y ship canal in t e wor ld . Th e combined area Of the Great Lakes exceeds the combined ar ea E a s n o a a d a . of ngl nd , W le , Sc tl nd Th e coast line of th e Great Lakes system borders upon nine states an d these states contain more than one-third of the entire pop ul ation of our country . The six largest cities of the Great Lakes aggregate over three million population .

‘ ’ - - - - There ar e 1692 islands in the Lake of the thousand islands .

r Ther e a e over islands in Georgian B ay . There ar e twenty islands in the group at the west end of Lake

ar e a ea La There ten isl nds in the B ver gr oup in ke Michigan . ar e a A s e r La There twenty isl nds in the po tl g oup in ke Superior .

a a a La s is a s The l rgest isl nd in the Gre t ke M nitoulin i land , at th e a La a he d of ke Huron . This isl nd is eighty miles long and thirty miles at a wide its pl ce of greatest width .

The lift of the Welland canal is 3 2 6 feet . Of S oo The lift the canal is twenty feet at a normal stage of water . — The first A merican canal at the 800 used two tandem locks each with a lift of 9 feet .

v 1881 was a t Pre ious to toll ch rged a the Soo canal . A a an d a a a a a The meric n C n di n c n ls at the S oo ar e now free . a a an a at a a a The C n di s still ch rge toll the Well nd c n l . a at a Toll is ch rged the gre t Suez canal . The Suez canal was built by the F rench but the Br itish own a big share of the stock .

The rapids of the St . Clair riv er at F or t Gratiot ar e gradually getting deeper . The $00 river dischar ges cubic feet of water per second L into ake Huron . a r a er The St . Cl ir iver disch rges cubic feet Of water p second into Lake St . Clair . ’ 122 PILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

The D etroit r iver discharges cubic feet per second into a L ke E rie . The N iagara r iver discharges cubic feet per second into La e a i k Ont r o .

The St . Lawr ence river discharges cubic feet per second La r into the Gulf of St . w ence . N M H L ine ile point, in ay ake , is so called because it is nine miles r f om the Soo .

Six Mile point, in H ay Lake , is so called because it is six miles r f om the $ 00 . T h e United States mines annually nearly three hundred million a and m a a tons of soft co l eighty illion tons of h rd co l . s al so a An a a a a Bituminou co is ft co l ; thr cite co l is h rd co l . av e a a at th e a The r ge v lue , the mine , of soft co l is per ton , an d a a h rd co l , ar e ar e a U a There squ miles of co l fields in the nited St tes .

Iron ore is sold and fr eighted down the lakes by the long ton

lbs .

Coal goes at the shor t ton of pounds . a o t m a a a The st te of Ohi yields welve illion tons of soft co l nnu lly , and her supply is estimated to last for two hundr ed years .

Within the memor y of living men th e N iagar a F alls have receded

110 feet .

Lake Superior was first opened to navigation in 1855 .

The Canadian locks at the 800 were opened in 1895 .

L La r an a . ong Point, ke E ie , is isl nd F rom the west end of Lake E rie eastwar d as f ar as the west end L a 14 a of ong Point there is no gr eater depth th n f thoms .

worth Of fish ar e taken from th e Gr eat Lakes annual ly .

The first Welland canal h ad 3 9 locks and was not cut through to La e ke E rie . This canal led into the Welland r iv r ; from there , vessels passed into the N iagara river just below Gran d Island an d then came u h p t e N iagara river to Lake E rie . a In 1817a treaty was made between the United States and E ngl nd . This treaty provides that th e nav al forces to be maintained on the Great Lakes shall b e confined on each side to one v essed on Lake

a La Ch am ain an d a . Ont rio , one on ke m , two vessels on the upper l kes These vessels ar e limited to 100 tons burden and an armament of one 18 a a h as a a pounder c nnon . However this tre ty not lw ys been lived to a a th e A a . A a a up , especi lly by meric ns The meric n ship , Tusc ror , m a e sures 670 tons .

’ 12 4 P O S THE LAKE IL T HANDBOOK .

Of ai The pressure r decreases as we go aloft . Persons wh o hav e made their declaration of intention to become

e a and r a h a r as a citiz ns of the United St tes , who se ve three ye rs t ere fte a o e a r m to s il r in the m rchant marine of the United St tes , a e ad itted r e citizenship without longe residenc . The statute mile is the one mos t commonly used on the Gr eat L akes .

A statute mile is feet ; a nautical m ile is feet . Seven nautical miles ar e equal (appr om ixatel y ) to eight statute miles .

R ed spars have even numbers ; black spar s have odd numbers ; a a striped sp rs h ve no numbers . A nun buoy is cone shaped ; a can buoy is flat on top . The N or thern Lights ar e called the Aurora Borealis ; the South i ern Lights ar e called the A urora Austr al a. — a a - a or r a A . M . me ns nte meridi n before me idi n the hours from midnight to noon . — a os a a a r P . M . me ns p t meridi n or fter meridi n the hours f om noon to midnight .

A pparent time is sun time . a n Tidewater is reached at Three R ivers , about midw y betwee

Montreal an d Quebec .

Spr ing tide r ises feet at Quebec . A boat coming from M ontreal to Lake Super ior passes through

n 550 47locks a d is lifted feet . F rom Lake E r ie to Montreal the draft of water is limited to 14

a F rom Montreal , eastward , to the ocean , ther e is w ter enough for a a . deep draft , oc ean going vessels to n vig te Icebergs hav e been frequently reported in the Antarctic o cean that a a s were feet fr om wate r line to summit . As sal t w ter ice flo t

with one-ninth of its mas s above water ther e would be feet of

these bergs below the water . F igures have been given that show that freight can be carried miles by water at a less price than the sam e freight can be car

ried 100 miles by rail . The rule forbidding an upbound tow to meet a down bound tow

’ v h as a at Johnston s point, in the Soo ri er , been bolished . In a trip from the $ 00 to D uluth it is 3 miles farther v ia the

Portage .

A ton a a as of of soft co l cont ins cubic feet of g , pounds a tar 20 a am m a a an d 14 . coke , g llons of oni w ter , pounds of co l ’ A PiLOTs N BOO 5 THE L KE HA D K .

r s c Sound tr avels in dry air at 82 degr ees feet pe e ond , in er r water feet per second, in iron feet p second , in coppe er feet per second , in wood to feet p second .

m r To find th e area of a. cylinder multiply the dia ete by the diame

r te an d the result by . 7854 .

The fir st Buff alo g r ain cargo was bushels brought from th e a ‘ ’ 1 3 upper l kes on the brig John Kenzie 8 6.

Lake freight steam er s ar e now carrying as h igh as bushels of wheat at one car go .

T o fur nish wheat enough to load on e of these big steamers , would th e r a a at a 2 5 require p oduct from cres of l nd , yield of bushels r - to the acre . This would be equal to 2 4 square miles , o two thirds of

a whole township . r a a r a La The g e test depth of w ter on the G e t kes is feet, this depth being found on Lake Superior . The g r eatest known depth of water in the world is found in the a n P cific ocean a d is nearly five statute miles . T h e largest steamers in th e world ar e th e new Cunard liner s that have just been launched . Thei r length is 790 feet an d their b eam is

88 feet . The gr eatest depth ever reached by a diver h as just been attained by a F rench naval engineer who dived feet to examine a F r ench 2 0 sunken vessel . H e found that darkness commences below 0 feet an d 3 50 as l a below feet there w pitchy b ckness . Wh en signaling f or a life saving crew the star s and stripes should be put bottom side up . The name of th e town of Ah n apee h as been changed to A lgoma

Harbor. — There ar e green lights at three Canadian por ts Goderich an d u n La and P iker in La ar ar e S a g ee on ke Huron g on ke Ont io . There no gr een lights on the Amer ican side . When it is foggy on the lake ofl D etour an d clear inside the w an d a river, the histle blows one long one short bl st . When it is an d foggy both inside outside the whistle blows one long blast .

G g B a La e M a r ed oing into Stur eon y, from k ichig n , the buoys will b e found on the left hand side and the black buoys on the right hand side . The channel is buoyed , beginning fr om the Green B ay end .

D o eviation ranges , f or the correcti n of compass err or s have been a I a at ’ pl ced , by the government, on Pipe sl nd Twins , Sweet s point , and near Ol d Point Mackinac . T h e range on Pipe Island Twins is

’ a t an d a a at ar m a e s west, m gnetic , the r nges Sweet s point e S . W g ’ 26 P S THE LAKE ILOT HANDBOOK .

and o 6 r an d 3 0 m a netic , s uth deg ees minutes west , gnetic , respective l and a at Ol d a a a y ; the r nge Point M ckin c is S . W . m gnetic . a a a m La There is sho l spot l ost in the middle of ke Huron , with a o o f irly go d h lding ground . The depth is 6 fathoms . It bears S . E . m E . E 3 7 B by 14 . iles from Thunder ay Island light . a a 4 a La N E E . There is lso sho l spot in ke Superior , bearing . . 14 , a a R a miles from St nn rd ock light . The depth is 7 fathoms , cl y bot tom . r th e r a La N The most northerly po t on G e t kes is ipigon , Ont . T h e o Gr a La o most southerly p rt on the e t kes is Hur n , Ohio .

The most westerly port on the Great Lakes is D uluth , Minn .

’ a G a La a a or The most e sterly port on the re t kes is S ckett s H rb , Y N . .

Section 854 of the ordinan ces Of the city of Cleveland provides that when a funeral procession is crossing a drawbridge no answering

- signal , either by whistle or bell , shall be given by the bridge tender,

n to a signal from a y boat to open the draw , until such funer al pr oces

sion shall have crossed over . Down bound boats have the right of way when it is appar ent that a at a at a two bo ts will meet the Superior Street Vi duct, Clevel nd . There ar e 69 drawb r idges acr oss the Chicago river an d its branches .

r There a e 3 0 dr awbridges across the rivers at Milwaukee .

r There a e 2 1 drawbridges across the Cleveland rivers .

a a a o all La r e v a a The C n di ns cl se their St . w nce ri er c n ls on Sun d ay excepting the Galops lift lock. ar a o La There e four bridges cr ss the St . wrence river . The proposed Canadian canal to connect Georgian B ay with Lake

' a 200 m th an . 20 m il es Ont rio will be iles long , of which less will be a a a a a a a a and v b ein d itilized f or ctu l c n l , ch in of sm ll l kes ri ers g the balance of the channel . Th e two largest cargos of lumber ever car ried (1d the lakes ‘ ’ 1 as were shipped on th e barge , W ah napitae, in 887. Th e first load w oa feet an d the next load was feet, both l ds being h na itae put aboard at D uluth and unloaded at Tonawan da. The W a p 1 am a was 2 2 was 275 feet long an d 5 feet be . Her decklo d feet high a a Lum an d she drew 11 feet of water . She was owned by the S gin w ber Company an d the Emery Lumber Com pany an d was built to carry logs from Georgian B ay to the Saginaw river . She was wrecked in 1 G eorgian B ay in 888. T h e E gytian s h ad vessels large enough to be called ships a y e rs B . C .

’ 128 T A w r s N HE L KE HA DBOOK .

K e Ther e ar e two Manitou islands on Lake Superior, one near

weenaw point an d the other in the A postle gr oup . The first steamer on the lakes was built at Buff alo in 1818 (de scribed on another page ) . The first steamer to cross the Atlantic was th e auxiliary steamer ‘ ’ Y L Sav annah in the year 1819, sailing from N ew ork to iverpool in

1 n a a a 3 00 3 days , using both sails a d ste m . This ste mer me sured tons . ‘ ’ The first steamer built of iron was the Aaron Manby built in

E ngland in 1821.

Steel was fir st used in shipbuilding in 1879. The first steamers carried a pressure of from fiv e to seven pounds on their boilers . The feather ing paddlewheel was patented in 1829 by E lijah Gal loway . 1 The screw propeller was first used in 83 7. m m E xperi ents with stea boats first began in 1707. D enis Papin m a a experi ented with a p ddle wheel ste mboat on the river F ulda. In 173 6 Jonathan Hull also experim ented with a paddlewheel steamer . Several others experim ented along the same lines but the first

‘ ’ practical steamer was the tugboat Charlotte D undas built in 1802 .

Compound engines were introd uced into steamboats in 1870. The governm ent inspection of marine boilers first began in E ng

land in 1817. r a l 0th Vessels fi st beg n to be reckoned by tons in the century . ar e o at R a an d o a There noon bridge h urs cine Ken sh . V esselm en ar e agitating the cutting of a central canal across the t point into the harbor a D uluth . The lowest water at the Lime-kiln C r ossing is generally found in April an d N ovember an d th e highest water is generally found during

July . ‘ ’ L - - - I a The ake of th e Thousand sl nds is that par t of the St . Law rence river beginning at Lake Ontario an d extending eastward f or a a a a o . b ut fifty miles . This p rt of the river cont ins isl nds

Waterspouts ar e sometimes seen on the Great Lakes . The highest recorded waves on the Great Lakes were eighteen

2 am flow La Over 00 stre s into ke Superior . a av ar e m on a a Tid l w es someti es met with the l kes , especi lly on In 1 93 a a a Lake Michigan . 8 tid l w ve , four feet high , occurred on Lake

a oi a a a at a an d at Michig n , d ng consider ble d m ge Chic go other towns on the west shore . ’ T A PI TS N 129 HE L KE LO HA DBOOK .

The gr eatest speed ever attained by any boat was thirty-seven an ‘ ’ miles hour , by the yacht E ll id e. Transfer of an American vessel to foreigners prohibits it from e a a a r fla ver g in s iling unde the A merican g . The first war vessel of any size was built by Henry V II in th e h “ 15t a as a . century . The n me of this ship w the Gre t Henry The wages paid to sailors in the E nglish navy at this time was : Comm and

' a 10 a d a a 1 er of fleet, shillings y ; c ptains , shilling an d sixpence a

d ay ; sailors, 5 shillings a month . La a an d a 41 1902 50 ke shipy rds built l unched vessels in , vessels 1903 13 19 4 3 2 1905 n 1 in , vessels in 0 , vessels in , a d 49 vessels in 906. An a ll a a d these vessels were ne rly a levi th n steel freighters .

ar e a o on a There bout vessels d ing business the Gre t Lakes . Waters of the ocean belong to a country just a marine league a l from shore ; beyond this the oce n belongs to a l nations alike . r F was The schoone George C . inney struck by a waterspout on La E 1 89 a ar a 8 . a and ke rie , in Her sp rs were c ried w y she was almost

e a . wrecked . Her crew sc ped N iagara F alls r an almost dry f or one d ay in 183 7on account of an ff ice jam in the N iagar a river at Bu alo . D uring the Canadian r ebellion of 183 7the American steamer Car

was a v N a ar a F a oline cut loose from Schlossers dock, just bo e i g lls , by a party of Canadians , an d after being set on fire she was sent over a the falls . This was done to prevent her from c rrying supplies across the river to the r ebels . D ur ing the season of 1866 fr eight rates on wheat from Chicago to h Buff alo ranged from twelve to twenty three cents a bushel . T e prev ious year (1865 ) rates were from six to nineteen cents . “ ” The pas senger steam er Lady Elgin was lost on Lake Michigan

in 1860. N early th r ee hundred lives were lost . D ur ing the season of 1865 there were abo ut 25 tugs engaged in the h business of towing vessels through t e rivers .

P B B EARINGS OF IERS , REAKWALLS , ETC .

The following courses an d bearings of piers ar e given with the idea that they m ay be useful for entering unfamiliar po rts and h ar a ar e f or a a an d a bors t night . The courses corrected v ri tion will le d a safely in from seaw rd . The pier lights for the ports of the G reat Lakes ar e generally to placed on the right hand pier , going in . The only exceptions this rule ar e as follows where you will find the pier light on the left hand , ’ 13 0 P ILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

LAKE S UP E R IO R D uluth , Superior . LAKE MIC H IGA N a a L a a a t a a . . Ch rlevoix , Port ge , ke H rbor, M nis ee , W ukeg n , St Joseph LA K E H UR 0 N

a o Kinc rdine, G derich . LAKE E R IE F a a irport, Port St nley .

Lake Er ie . B UF F A LO a E a a E Be ring of pier . 94 S . M in bre kwater S . by S . 55 S . F a l shing white light on south pier, fixed red light on north end of w main break ater . D UN K IR K o a a — E e S . a on Thr ugh dredged ch nn l from l ke by S , 94 S . he ding t on E a o a of red ligh west pier ; then steer . by S . S . l ng f ce

east breakwater an d into harbor . E R IE

. . . R a N Steer in between piers SW by W 3 6 W nge lights on . pier . CO N N EA UT E a a at and a S . . cle rs bre kw er le ds in between piers .

R ange lights on west pier . AS H T A B ULA

5 . ar c and a . S , 4 W cle s outer ribs le ds in between piers and F . ixed red light on west crib fixed red light on W . pier F A IR P O R T

Steer in between piers due south . R ange lights on east pier . C LEV E LA N D a S E . by S . S . takes you between outer crib lights , through bre k

water entrance an d in between piers . n d n Main light, flashing red a white , on west side of breakwater e

trance , fixed red opposite . LO R A IN E 1 R a Steer in between piers S . A S . nge lights on west pier . V E R MILLIO N R ed Steer in between piers due south . light on west pier . H UR O N

S E 54 . t Steer in between piers , S White ligh on west pier. S A N D US K Y BAY

a an d a Steer in from l ke through outer ch nnel SW . by W a e through inner ch nn l to B . O . docks , S . by W. W.

’ 13 2 T PILOTs N HE LAKE HA DBOOK .

ALGO MA MILLS a r i in N b Best w ter found by stee ng on dock . y W .

a r or L ke Supe i . G R A N D MA R A l8

E R ed a w r . Steer in between piers S . 96 . r nge on est pie MA R Q UET T E

Breakwater runs due north and south . F ixed r ed light on south

end . P R ES Q UE IS LE O R E DOCKS

N W N . a On r ed . . 96 he ding dock lights P R ES Q UE IS LE LUMB E R DOCKS N Steer in W . by W . P O R T AGE E N T R Y N R ed Steer in along pier . by W. light on south end of pier . ne — O pier only o n east side . P O R T AG E LAKE S H IP CA N A L a a and a a S E F a Steer in between bre kw ters into c n l . by S . S . l sh ing red lights on both sides of breakwater entrance ; light

o h use on west pier . O N T O N AGO N

Steer in between piers S E . by S . F ixed red light on west pier . S UP ER IO R

L r Steer in between piers SW . W . ights on south pie . D ULUT H L Steer in between piers SW. by W. W . ights on south pier .

c n Lake Mi higa . C H A R LEVO IX e t r Steer ln between S E . by E . E . R d light on nor h pie . F R A N KF O R T r r E . S . R ed r ange lights on S . pie . Stee in between piers 54 , P O R T AG E LAKE H A R BO R

d r a r . Steer in between piers E . S . R e nge lights on no th pier

MA N IS T E E

E E . R a Steer ln between piers S E . by . nge lights on north pier . LUD IN GT O N d a r and Steer in between piers E . S . R e r nge on south pie ,

r red light on nor th pie . P E N T W AT E R 1 R ed a r Steer in between piers E . by S . 54 S . r nge on S . pie . ’ r mor s N K 13 3 THE LAKE HA DBOO .

W H IT E R IVER

e a . R a Steer in betwe n piers due e st nge lights on S . pier . MUS KEGO N

e N E . E . E . R a e s u Steer in between pi rs by M, ng light on so th pier. G R AN D H AVEN L Steer in between piers E . b y N . ighthouse on south pier . H O LLA N D

E N . R ed r a r Steer in between piers . 54 nge lights on S . pie . KA LA MAZOO

l n E N . F i r Steer between piers . xed red light on oute end of

south pier . S O UT H H AV EN

E N . F r Steer in between piers . 94 ixed red light on oute end of

south pier . T J S E P H S . O r Steer in between piers E . by S . 3 6 S . R ed range lig hts on no th

pier. S O UT H C H ICAGO

b . Steer in between piers SW. y W. W C H ICAGO

Steer in b etween piers due west. R ange on nor th pier . W A UKEGA N

. a Steer in between piers due west M in light on south pier . KEN OS H A a r a a and . a r . W . 55, S t kes you to southw rd of b e kw ter between pie s n F ixed r ed light on br eakwater a d on north pier . R AC IN E

a e outo s wa r a a r and e ier . W. 94 S . t k s y outh rd of b e kw te betwe n p s

F ixed red light on b r eakwater and on north pier . By ranging a r t ar these lights you p ss to no hw d of R acine r eef. MILW A UKE E

r . . R ed a r r Steer in between pie s W S r nge on no th pie . S H EBOYGA N a S . a r ak a r and W. t kes you to southw rd of b e w te in between a a n piers . R ed light on end of bre kw ter a d r ed light on nor th

pier . MA N IT OW OO a s ou to so a r ak a r and . S . t ke y uthw rd o e w te in between W 94 , f b d en d of ea a r and r ed piers . R e light on br kw te light on north

pier . ’ 13 4 PILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

T W O R IVE R S

Steer in between piers N W . by N . R ed light on north pier . KEW A UN E E i R e a n . N N . d N . . Steer between piers W by . r nge on pier

A H N A P E E (Algom a) R ed a Steer in between piers N W . W . r nge lights on north

pier . S T UR G EO N BAY S H IP CA N A L m Steer in fro Lake Michigan N W . W . , passing through break

water entrance an d between piers . R ed light on north break

water an d white light on north pier . MEN O MIN ’ EE

. R ed . Steer in between piers SW . by W W . light on north pier

n ari o Lake O t . OS W EGO a ea a a a S E . . by S S . cle rs br kwater on st rbo rd h nd side

a . t kes you in between piers White light on W . pier . F A IR H AVE N 1 e . Steer in b tween piers S 74 W . White lights on west pier . B IG S O D US BAY

Steer in between piers S . by W . W .

THE LENGTH OF YOUR TRIP B UF F A LO T O

Cleveland, D etroit Port Huron Sault Ste Marie Marquette A shland Two Harbors D uluth F ort William E scanaba Green B ay Milwaukee Chicago Collingwood Owen Sound

’ 13 6 PILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

RIVER DISTANCES .

St . a r v r Cl i Ri e . BA R P O IN T T O

F ort Gratiot Bois Blanc Detroit (Woodward Avenue )

St . Clair F lats Ship Canal (Lower light) BO IS B LA N C T O D etroit F ort Gratiot Lime Kilns to D etroit Grassy Island to D etroit D ET R O IT T O Grosse Point Light Vessel F a L St . Clair lats Ship Can l ( ower Light) Port Huron Windmill Point to Grosse Point Light Ship L ai F a a a Grosse Point ight Ship to St, Cl r l ts C n l (lower ) 9175 miles

CA N A L (UP P E R LIG H T ) T O Marine City

St . Clair Port Huron F ort Gratiot

PO R T H UR O N T O

S t . Clair Marine City Algonac

St . Clair F l ats Canal (Upper Light) D etroit B ar Point

r 80 0 Riv e . D ET O UR T O

Sailors E ncampment Point Iroquois Whitefish Point ’ T E PILOTs N OO 13 7 HE LAK HA DB K .

80 0 CA N A L T O Point Iroquois Whitefish Point Sailors E ncampment Detour Six Mile Point N ine Mile Point

r o h Po Th ugh t e r tage. F r om Portage E ntr y to Por tage Canal 2 5 miles

B Y DISTANCES DIFFERENT ROUTES .

LA E S UP E R I R K O . Whitefish Point to D uluth ar ound Keweenaw point Whitefish Point to D uluth through the Por tage Whitefish Point to D uluth following nor th shor e Wh itefish Point to Duluth following south shor e and through Por tage 3 90 miles

LA E H UR N K O .

F a r B a a ort Gr tiot to Thunde y , regul r course F a t ort Gr tiot o Thunder Bay , following west shor e

LA E MIC H IGA N K . a a a 257 M ckin c Point to Milw ukee , by Point Betsey ‘ ’ a a a e b r a 280 M ckin c Point to Milw uk e , y no th bout

Mackinac Point to Chicago, by Point Betsey 3 23 a a a ‘ a ’ 3 50 M ckin c Point to Chic go, by north bout

Mackinac Point to Chicago, following nor th an d west shore . . 3 60

LA E E R IE K .

B ar Point to Buffalo, regular course

r B ar Point to Buffalo , following no th shore

B ar Point to Buffalo , following south shore ’ pi LOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

B OAT CREWS AND FIRE STATIO NS .

aw s o r n n r oa L G v e i g Fi e an d B t D r ill .

5 Section , R ule 50, rules an d regulations prescribed by the Board I a a 1905 of Supervising nspectors , J nu ry , . It shall be the duty of the officer in charge of every steam er carry ing passengers to cause to be prepared a station bill for his own de

’ ar tm ent an d one a o e a a p , ls for the engineer s d p rtment , in which sh ll be assigned a post or station of duty f or every person employed on board such steam er in case of fire or other disaster ; which station bills shall be placed in the most conspicuous places on board for the a o n . A d a observ ti n of the crew it sh ll be the duty of such master, or a or ofiicer m a at a a m te next in co m nd , once le st in e ch week , to call l a l hands to quarters an d exercise them in the discipline , an d in the a wi unlashing nd s nging out of the lifeboats , weather permitting, an d in the use of fire pum ps an d all other apparatus for the safety of life on a a a bo rd such vessel , with especi l reg rd for the drill of the crew in the m ethod of adjusting the life- preservers an d educating passengers and o an d a all m others in this pr cedure , to see th t the equip ents required by l aw ar e in complete working order for im m ediate use ; an d the fact of of s m the exercise the crew , a herein conte plated , shall be entered upon

’ the steamer s log book, stating the d ay of the month and hour when so exercised ; and it shall be the duty of the inspectors to require the ofiicer s an d crew of all vessels to per form the afores aid drills an d dis cipl ine in the presence of the said inspectors at intervals sufficiently frequent to assure the said inspectors by actual observation that the foregoing requirem ents of this section ar e com plied with ; the m aster shall also report monthly to the local inspectors the d ay an d date of an d o an d m such exercise drill , the c ndition of the vessel her equip ent, n d a o m a a an d an om a ls the nu ber of p ssengers c rried , y neglect or ission on the part of the officer in com mand of such steamer to strictly eu force this rule shall be deem ed cause f or the suspension or revocation of the license of such officer . Three copies of this section shall be am a a a a fur nished every ste er c rrying p ssengers , to be fr med under gl ss o an d posted in conspicuous places ab ut the vessel .

Rules an d Regulation s T o B e Str ictly Ob ser v ed I n Tr ainin g

F or Cases of Em er gency .

N o boats to be lowered without orders from the captain . Chiefs a m a of boats , after they ar e manned , will ttend to the e b rking, the a — m an d —an d a a p ssengers wo en children first, then men the b l nce of

’ pi LOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

If W heelsman on duty to r emain at wheel . If fireman on duty to m re ain in fir e hold . If oiler on duty to remain in th e engine room .

N o one to leave his post until order by captain .

’ N o life boats must be lowered without captain s order or proper signal .

Officers in charge will see that the respective boats ar e properly

- equipped with life preservers , provisions , etc .

C r ew B oat N o. 1. C r ew B oat N o. 2 .

F irst Mate in charge Second Mate in charge 2nd Watch Wheelsm an Chief E ngineer 2n d Watch Watchman l st Watch Wheelsm an 2n d E ngineer l st Watch Watchm an 2n d Watch Oiler 3 r d E ngineer 2n d Watch F irem en l st Watch Oiler 2n d Watch Coal-Passers l st Watch F irem en 2 nd D eck Watch 1st Watch Coal -Passers l st Ste ward l st D eck Watch Porter 2nd Steward

n a If a y passengers on board captain will assign them to bo ts .

' If steamer carries more th an two boats captain should assign

- cr ew for third boat and life raft . ’ PILOT 141 THE LAKE s HANDBOOK .

b a fi N m m 1 o a a c 3 m c c 2 m m a w n m w b c a w a . m. m. m a . n m d g 3 2 3 2 a a

m p b w a o $ a e o a a a m c w m 8 5 a n om m H w v w c n. n v c 5 m m a a fi s a 2 : a

c v v m w o h o a b m n w 9 e 0I[15 19 0 u m m m o r n m. u o m m 5 2 fi L : n fi

a m m « w w o oqn oxol w a o c v m n n m fi a fi fi :

2 v v m m o n “m m a w m c 5 fi a 2 fi : fi

a m m « A ed o a w o H w fi fi ;

m m o w n c a m m p . 2 . S m m A m m p b e o c . w m. a . . a N fi

o m m v o m m m fl m 0 m . w a w o v m a y 3 m 3 wm d n m fi a a a 2

a m m v m m N m t . m w m w o N ” 8 a fi a fi : a m m 3 a 2 3 100 w a 10 n fi 2 4 : :

w o o o a w m R m o G m -Air m s ri man n a fl a

n 5 b w m m oa 9 o c c m p q o 1 0 n : fi fi

m b p m h b m e e m v m m m v m n m as m fi

v w w C h 2 m o m e . a m . H w fi

« w m v v n eAB a m m @ fi H n d m : .

a m o 2 a oBem s w . n o n :

c c a c queont A ed s o

BanqsuepS O ‘P

3 5 D o s 8 E . A o n wa fi s a v w o o o n S H s e £ c m n 3 uE . o a fi p b w d o o 2 o 9 m r x o 6 u h o » a w s o g s mQ 2 fi o 5 n n 8 a 3 d v m o m i fi > 9 5 u 0 w m a — a - v 2 m s m aM 0 d f o u 3 w E o a m e u o C s 3 fi a z 2 c cMO m 5 o o ?5 z m m m/ smm ’ 142 P ILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

40119 1 9 1 1

0 o c m b o m A m m m m a « o o m o a m w a a w v v m m m m c N n n n m d m n n m fi a a fi :

o w C o c b m n a 3 m eoxuo v m O w m w m z ; ; fi H

X m ic am s 2 m m

was

m m r outs

pus l eAelo

n aepuog

m 9 m m o m m “ n m azi n . 8 a g ; 2

« m o c C m N o m w . m Aelus qs

I“N IB N SV

o w a h m e v m

Tutod Buo 'I

fil l ’i‘m d

en xoqlog n od

. E m fi

n . u u 0 8 n 8 . o p 5 m E 3 3 a fi M o a a s a n 3 n n m m o y m c 3 s w t B o o o o £ 6 o m. z E fi m h mv M 6 m v 9 - w u e v o n D A n E f a h m 2 n H fi 5 B - e a o E i o a o g 0 a a o 0 o n d r mm q E a m m a m 9 . ; m m fi a

’ 144 PI LOTs N THE LAKE HA DBOOK .

m n w c w w m b c v w o m w m fi 9 m c o a o b a o o b o a n o n m o m fl m o n m n w m w w fi a n a fi w fi fi : s ." m b m c w a m m h v e w m N m m o b h a u fi m ” m 2 b a uu9 Xn o n m 0 h e m m p n N . A m m m w w ; a fi : fi fi t o w a m m w m w a p c a b c m h w c w o m o m a m w n 2 h o e m . . o o m m o. a a S m . q a w w m m w ” “ a a fi * o w m h w v w w a H m c c m h a w m w m 8 2 5 2 o a o m . m a m 9n m w . w . . m w m s w fi a a A . m o 2 o o o 9 h m c m c « a o m o o v w m v m v m m a 6 m h m fl 9 n B A a m m a 5 ~ m a :

b 0 a o b a h a m w v m c m m n m w u w 2 o . k m m a H mA m A m J : “ A w 3 s ? w : ; :

« c a a «. e w a h o m A n w R E m n 5 2 a e . m a . c u . m wS m “ x ; fi

v 9 o c o c 0 c a m o m m n a o m 0 b m 2 S n m w mm N o . fi 2 ; r a : A ; . m c o a h « a a o m m m o 2 M m v m n n m a c . c w m m a 5 n m m S

G m ! m m w m w w a m m cr o w © a c w o fi c a m £ “ 8 1 410 1mm CO N N w m w a a a ” *

tid esor as

m m m w h c n « m m E a w o m o a a H OAE um H p a a a ~ fi w : t m v m m « « z A H m o m m . m uoBe . qa w w ” ; fi :

9 WW I 9m m

m N m m S ~ ee s us t q t n a fi H : :

fl M v-i m N N 0 0: o 05 I O II B -I Q p I a v-l v-l fi

O OS I OAB JI pum a .

m m C Au . g m 2. o

a o O

w

o d a n 3 c fi a 0 5 w o 0 9 5 n 5 a ? . m u 5 9 » 8 o d o 5 h o 5 n n c z 2 n o o . s s 3 d m o 5 a O o o f p 8 o 5 u k w d x s w m D . A w o 5 8a w o . o m s z o a E 9 o “ g a 0 m g x e o o r s fl fi x d m 9 : x 8 n s 5 o m o n E w n o n fl 9 p a g d 3 a m 5 o o H fl o o z a 3 m s f o 3 o d - 5 n fl h E s z w 0 3 fi w wm m z m z oMg o ’ LA K E P I LOTS H AN DBOOK 14 5 THE .

m m m am o m m 09 3 99 7 “ m w a v v O 15 11 131 P10 5 fi fi ; m a a

- - - v 4 v 4 v 1 c m w o a v v o m P m P 0 n GI J‘B ' 9 I W co m m o a a w S v w o 0 N 18 QI S 01 01 01 w m fi ; x a m w “3 S w g

c w w a m H b o w w m m 3 S fl v b m m 3 m w c m m a i m o . W n m : m H : fi a : fl fi a : fi m

$ 430 fi fl n E m v m Q 2 2 p a O OM U O 0 m o e a w w u S m v P HI O 01 01 g w w N a a fi a m a :

© 2 m m b o o o ~ 3 m m m m uno H OM ¢ a w m m w o m m w p p s O N a “ fi w ” fi fi ~ m fi a 2

b o « « w b p N N A 2 v ‘ ’ UB S OAO to v A n m b QI p I I D —1 a fi : fi : : 2 :

0: co co a: m w c b $ 7 w a no d m a n o O F F v o m o 9 e m g qq s f; a ~ a :

w v m n m m b m v eug m out 8 w m m w a m o m m p o X fi a

n . m b h m m m c 5 m w a l e o o . s m m a m n t p o fi fl : a

0 c o b h a m 2 3 a w z fi nfl flfio e o a q m q qo m m f 2 A a

b l‘ m m v v ao zo “ ° V l o zo wr fi £ 9 Ja ant pI 3 p u, v v « 2 m h m m w é . o m v un ad l v

m m m o m m m m w a “V

b a h w m 3 3 w m L : 3 h m m M m m m S m p . H . S ; H

m m w u ‘ . v H sonb m g m e 46

qoaog puns

saun as

e x a —m { u S S . 9 o . m n A 0 . i A v w n n n fi o 2 m s m g uo g m o d m n o a w N a n fl a5 0 h w£ w —d o B 3 m B v a f E . o . u W 5 d h 3 u e m w M m 9 m a w m o 0 o r w 9 n a Q a n 5 5 o fi E fi m G m m ® sn 9 m 8 f u5 wd Q w6 fi z Z z o a 0 a a 5 ~ z 0 o 5 k o 0 d 2 r v m m m w E 4 < o 6 m w 0 o O 9 w 0 ’ 146 TH E A S L KE PILOT HANDBOOK .

« m m a p a b w 9 2 w « h $ c o a a a a n a m o m k a a w m ma m m n & w fl w fl : 3 fi 3 n * ." 0 a o o o w o m o m m p m w n w e w c 3 8 sao 0mm n p q m m w r fi ~ A 3 : ?" ?" .“ n v v m w d 5 m p n m v ‘ a 2 u ‘ o o m p a a m . . m a W s m pa m m w w w r : : ? . “ y. a a a m 9 c h 9 v 9 m o g a o a 5 m v M d “s m a s i 2 “ : a 2 :

N c m o g m1 m S o m b 110811110 11 n n 1 0 m m fi .“ ."

a o Q w m m ’BUB ' G I m 3 I O I IS m a . m. n 1 2 . 9 119 1 9813 4104 m : ? “ m s l 9 3 9 . . oq 1 51

I" $ o GD o .l o xed d o q o P I! 3 fi

h o o m 5 11 08 o 11 51 11 w f a 3 m 0 osu v ‘q m s 3

eqqonb m n

' q °111 ‘sw m n

m oaq sm 0m m

Q

. E p “ a2 E m . o h . m 3 0 w fi 9 3 M u u 9 o p a 0 ” ! a 0 8 n p 6 h m 8A S u w 3 m . ¢ m w 9 u a 5 n 0 o m a fi wu a fi 9 5 g m v < m d o 0 e n 3 g fi 0 u n fi 5 u a - n 0 E z 3 a a a3 p s—h 3 2 a 2 r o o 0 o H d 0 0 a3 n m w 6 2 d m o m mO m4 mw8 g

’ 148 A r m OTs B THE L KE HAND OOK .

h a . . o to . a The river t en runs in N by W directi n St Cl ir . o r i t o o o o E . E C urt ght M ret wn , N . by . miles . oo o to oo of a a — l E . 2 M ret wn f t St g isl nd , N . by ,§ miles . o a a o —1 . W . . C runn r nges ver stern , N by % miles o a of a a to o a E —2 . E . . Fr m he d St g isl nd S uth P rk, N by . $4 % miles o a to a a a — e at a N E . 2 S uth P rk bre st Oil r finery S rni , y§ miles . F rom abreast ferry dock at Sam ia to abreast Port Huron water — o N E . 1 . N . w rks , . by N 55 % miles — a o a N E . N . 1 o o . With F rt Gr ti t r nges ver stern , by mile o E a a o E —1 to With P int dw rd r nges ver stern , N . . % miles

lightship . T h e 800 Riv er . a P an n d a a . On r nge , Frying Pipe isl nd , N . 35 W o a o o to P n a a . E . Fr m bre st P int Det ur Frying , N miles . —1 W . . Then N . % miles ’ n — a t o . o o N . 2 Fr m Pipe isl nd Sweet s p i t , NW % miles . ’ o o to a W . Fr m Sweet s p int Lime Isl nd turn , NW . by W .

miles . — F o L to o 4 . a . E . r m ime isl nd P int Aux Frenes , N % miles o —6 o r to a N W . Fr m P int Aux F enes Mud l ke crib , % miles .

o a a to E a E . a . E . Pil t isl nd r nge , le ding up nc mpment , N by

4 miles . ’ 1 —1 to a o N . . F o o o o H . r m J hnst n s p int D rk le , NW 74 mile —3 a Ho a e a o a . W . D rk le r ng , le ding up thr ugh Little Mud l ke , N 55

miles .

— -5 a o . . 1 o e W . 3 Stribling P int r ng , thr ugh dyke , NW by W 95

miles .

o H a a a o to - o L wer y l ke r nge , fr m dyke Nine mile p int, NW . by N .

92 N . miles . H a a a o - o to - o Middle y l ke r nge , fr m Nine mile p int Six mile p int, N .

W . . by W . miles

r etch tt o a . N . F e . p int r nge , NW by miles — W . 3 o a . . . Up thr ugh isl nd cut , N NW miles — — to 800 W . 1 B a fiel o a a . d . y R ck r nge , le ding the , W NW 55 %

miles . a a to o —2 S . a oa a o . . Vid l sh l r nge , fr m c n l Big p int, W by % miles — o an o to o . W . 2 P int Aux Pins r ge, Big p int Brush p int , SW by %

miles . - 1 S . o to o . Brush p int P int Aux Pins , SW mile ’ — a . . a o e ) S . 2 ( . St . M ry s river l wer r ng red , W by S % miles ’ - a . . 1 a r . W . . St. M ry s iver upper r nge (white) , NW by W mile ’ a to o o o N — a of . a . . 4 He d St M ry s river r nge P int Ir qu is , NW

miles . ’ PILOT s N 149 THE LAKE HA DBOOK .

COURSES AND DISTAN CES CORRECTED FOR MAG

NETIC VARIATION .

n r o Lake O ta i . P or t Dalh ous ie to

— - 13 1 e . 4 E N . a . E . e F lse Ducks , N miles , th n . by N . V4 mil s a o — a . 2 7 . W . Gibr lt r p int, N by miles — o Ba 2 . . . N . 7 Burlingt n y , W by N miles — —111 o E S . . E . . N . 29 Osweg , by N miles , then . $4 miles

Gib r altar P oi nt to — o a o E . 27 P rt D lh usie , S . by miles . o o —12 E . . S . 3 Big S dus p int, by S miles . — — a o e E . S . 83 S E . E 1 . 0 . Ch rl tt , by miles ; then miles Oak a E S . Orch rd , . by S . miles . ’ a Ha o E 152 S ckett s rb r, , miles . o E —1 S . 42 Osweg , . by miles . Oswego to o —14 o o N . 2 . T r nt , W . by miles

o . . W . C burg , NW by W miles .

- o E . Nine mile p int, N . 55 miles . — o o N E . N . 3 0 e St ny p int, by N . mil s .

a r L ke E ie. B uffalo to — o o . S . 3 . 6 L ng P int, W by S 94 % miles .

. W . Dunkirk , SW miles . E r i S — W . W . 76 e , % miles . a a 1 — . . W . 117 Asht bul , SW by W A, miles . a — o . 1 . W . 44 F irp rt, SW by W miles . a — , . . . to a r o t Clevel nd SW by W W F i p r ; W . 29

miles . o a — . W . 1 4 W . 9 L r in , SW by miles . — o . . W . 2 12 Hur n , SW by W miles . a — . W . 1 . 2 5 S ndusky , SW by W miles . o as a — S W . 215 S uth P s ge , W . miles . a a — . . S . 209 Middle P ss ge, W by S miles . S out h east: S h oal Ligh ts h lp to a 1 — . . S . 2 3 es S ndusky , SW by S 75; % mil . H o 5 — . W . 28 ur n , S 34 miles . — o . E . 26 Vermilli n , S by miles . — o a S E . . S . 27 L r in , by S miles . a — E . E . S E . 44 Clevel nd , by be miles . ’ 150 P ILOT s THE LAKE HANDBOOK . — Fai o t , E . S . 62 iles . rp r — m Ashtabula E . N . 88 iles . , V4 — m onneaut, E . N . 100 iles . C — m E r N . 12 5 . E . ie , 94 miles — Dunki k E . b N . N . 167 iles . r , y — m Long Point, E . b N . N . 13 4 iles . y 96 m — P ell e a a e o . 6 e W . . p ss g , Middle gr und light, NW 94 % miles

F el lee P ass age to

uh t o — So t esa Sh al lightship S E . E . 6% iles . —, m ar o . 3 0 B N . p int, W. by N miles . — a W . S . 29 West Sister Isl nd, by S . 54 miles .

C lev eland to — — o o N E . E . to a o 29 e e E 84 N . E . L ng P int, F irp rt mil s ; th n

miles . E —2 a o N E . . 9 F irp rt, miles . ' 1 — —1 4 n 29 N E E . 4 B u al o N E E . . E . , . 79 miles ; then . by 95; miles — — 2 1 . o o o N E E . 9 N E E . 27 P rt C lb rne, . miles ; then . by miles — 1 5 . R o a . W . nde u , N by miles — a E E . 82 . o . . P rt St nley, N by miles —4 S outheast Shoal lightshi , NW . b W . W . 4 iles . p— y m o a a . N . 5 1 . S uth p ss ge , W miles — N . 5 1 e a a . . . Middle p ss ge, W by N 34 mil s

Long P oi nt to — E . E 47 e . o o o N E . . P rt C lb rne, by 95 mil s ' N —63 un l E . . . B a o . , by N % miles — 2 4 . E . 54 W . i es rie , S m—l W . 83 . a o . F irp rt , SW miles t a o —83 — a . . o W . 2 Clevel nd , SW W F irp rt miles ; 9

miles . — o a . S . 98 . R nde u , W miles

Midd e assage , W. S W . iles . l p —m W . 151 o a a . . . S uth p ss ge , SW by W miles —152 W . . a . . S ndusky , SW by W miles

B ar P oi nt t o — 3 0 . S . P ell ee assage E . b S . miles p , y — a S E . S . 29 . Green Isl nd , by S miles —19 S . . o o . . iles T led , SW by S m — 11 . W . . iles Munroe , SW % m

’ 15 2 PILOTs N THE LAKE HA DBOOK . — E . N . o a . 73 e . C ve Isl nd , by N mil s

o o . W . . Sturge n P int, S by miles 9 — a o . W . 52 . S ble P int, S 74 miles — o a E . E . 72 . P int Aux B rques , S . by miles P r esque Isle to — Detou , NW . b N . 55 N . 4 5 iles . r y m — P oe W . 47 . Reef lightship, NW . by W . 96 miles al —3 7 o W . . F se Det ur, N . miles — M ss s E E . 3 6 . i i sa i a . g Str it, N by . miles 3 — E 8 . o a . S . 3 C ve Isl nd , 35 miles

Detour to

- S . 45 . S E . . Presque Isle , by S 55 miles — 2 6 . a a . . S . W . M ckin c , W by S % miles ; then miles E “ E —55 E — o a S . S . 56 . s . C ve Isl nd , . 95 miles ; then . by S y§ mile

r or Lake Supe i . Ir oquois P oi nt to — i fi 25 . W h t sh o N . e . p int , NW miles

W h itefis h P oint t o

o Ha o . . N . i . C pper rb r , W by N as m les — 8 a a a . . . 1 7 W . P ss ge Isl nd , NW by W miles — 6 a e o . S . 5 . S bl P int , W % miles 1 — — 60 . 5 . S . a . S . 6 . M rquette , W 75 % miles ; then W by S miles — 45 o a . N . 1 . u n Is nd , W V4 miles H r l — - o a E . N . 145 . S . 2O . P rt ge ntry, W miles ; then W miles — o B . 1 3 a . N 8 . Nipig n y , NW 55 miles — l 55 . Car ib oo a W . Isl nd , NW. ,§ miles — o a . N 74 . Michipic ten Isl nd , NW by . miles — — o a o . 5 7 E N 2 H W . N . 5 Michipic ten rb r, N miles ; then by N . .

miles . Mar quette to

- R o 5 . W . 7 Gull ck, NW . by W. % miles a a o —44 E . . St nn rd R ck , N . miles — h o a E . W . 4 to . P rt ge ntry , N y§ miles Presque Isle ; t en NW — —1 W . 8 N . 22 to B a o . N to miles Big y p int ; then W miles , - o a S . 20 to o a E . Hur n isl nds ; th en W. miles P rt ge ntry Copper H ar b or to a N —55 a a N W . . . P ss ge Isl nd , by N . miles Eagle H ar b or to ’ — a . . S . 124 mi es . Devil s Isl nd , W by S — l La o . . W . 13 5 . P int, SW by W miles 1 — a a a . . W . 53 P ss ge Isl nd , N by W 74 miles . T wo a o 1 —1 H . 6 S . 8 . rb rs , W. by S 79 miles ’ ‘ D 153 THE LAKE PILOTS HAN BOOK.

P or tage Lake S h ip Canal to

’ — Devil s Island , W. b S . 98 miles . y %— L o . 1 e a P int, SW. b y W. 94, W . 08 mil s .

o a o . W Ont n g n , SW 96 , miles . — — a N . 68 P ssage Island 96 E . miles . — — o of es N N . 54 . R ck Ag W . 94 miles

’ Dev il s Island to — Dul uth , SW . by W . W . 68 miles . 3—6 o . W . 66 . Superi r, SW by miles wo a —4 T o S . 5 H rb rs , W. by S . miles .

ak c an L e Mi hig .

Mac kinac P oint to

W o h u an . a g s ce W miles . , — — a a . N 21 e . 22 . Squ w Isl nd , W . miles ; th n W 96 miles W augos h ance to o a o S —65 1- e N rth M nit u , SW. 96 . ,6 mil s .

N or t h Man itou to — o 3 0 . S . P int Betsey , SW . miles

P oi nt B ets e to y — Manitowoc , SW. 94 W . 75 miles .

- o a . 4 S . 9 . Sheb yg n , SW 96 miles — . 13 9 a . S . Milw ukee , SW by S . 96 miles 1 —2 o . 7 . a W . 0 Chic g , S by W . A. miles

S outh F ox Is land to — a . . 82 e . o B a c a . W Sturge n y n l , SW by W mil s ’ a o o . S . . De th s D r, W 94 miles

eav er Is land to B — 55 . o a S . P verty isl nd , W. miles

o a S . . R ck Isl nd , W. 94 miles ’ - 6 S . 8 . a oo . De th s D r , W . by S 94 miles S quaw Is land to — 8 . W . 5 s. o a . P verty Isl nd , SW by W mile 1 — R o a . . W . 64 . ck Isl nd , SW by W A miles a N - 3 2 M nistique , W . . miles .

' Death s Door to — a o 8 W . 2 3 8 s. Chic g , . 96 mile —1 60 . Milwaukee S . b W . 96 W . miles , y — o S . . 96 W . 76 iles . Twin River P int, —by W m E a a a . W . 3 0 . sc n b , N miles ’ 15 4 PILO'r s THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

LIFE SAVING STATIONS ON THE GREAT LAKES .

n r o Lake O ta i .

A m er ican S tations .

a o . a a a. Big S ndy . Osweg Ni g r a o Ch rl tte .

Canad ian S tations .

Con secon o o o . . T r nt o P rt Hope .

r Lake E ie.

A m er ican S tations .

Ashtabula.

Fairport .

Canad ian S tations.

nd o o t. o ta o P ll ee e . e West L ng P in P rt S nley P int .

a r on L ke Hu .

A m er ican S tations .

a a o . a L ke View Be ch . P rt Austin Middle Isl nd .

H a o a a a . a o . rb r Be ch . T w s H mm nd B o a . o a . P int Aux B rques Sturge n y Bois Blanc Island . B Thunder ay Island .

Canad ian S tat ions .

G oderich . a r or L ke Supe i .

A m er i can S tations . o o a V ermilli n P int . Deer P rk . a a C o . a M . risp P int Gr nd M r is , ich T o a a w H . e rt River . M rquette

a c L ke Mi higan .

- A m er ican S tations .

a a . . E a o Be ver Isl nd White River v nst n .

a o . o s . o a Ch rlev ix Mu keg n Ken sh . a a o a . a o Ha . N rth M nit u Isl nd Gr nd ven R cine .

o o . Ho a . S uth Manit u Island lland . Milw ukee a o ou a o a . Sleeping Be r P int . S th H ven . Sheb yg n

o . o T w . o P int Betsey . St J seph Rivers .

a o . a . a Fr nkf rt Michig n City Kew unee .

a . o a o. o B M nistee S uth Chic g Sturge n ay . ’

a a . a a . o . a Ha o Gr nd Pt Au S ble J cks n P rk B iley s rb r . o a o . i . a Ludingt n Old Ch c g Plum Isl nd .

Pentwater .

’ 15 6 A P iLOT s DBOOK THE L KE HAN .

a chi an L ke Mi g .

- Am er ican S tat Ions .

u h o a os n c o . a a o . a W g e Isl nd . Ludingt n M nit w c

oa o . o . White Sh l . Muskeg n Twin River P int a ’ a Ha a . Gr y s Reef. Gr nd ven . Kew unee

S kill i al l ee o o B a a a . g . St . J seph . Sturge n y C n l

a a M a ot a . Be ver Isl nd . ichig n City . Pil Isl nd

o m a . F ox a . a S uth Isl nd C lu et . Plum Isl nd

a a a ar a . o . . Gr nd Tr verse . Chic g St M tins Isl nd o a a o . o o o . N rth M nit u Gr sse P int . P verty Isl nd o a o o a o o e . S uth M nit u . K n sh Seul Ch ix P int . o e a a a o . . P int B tsey . R cine P int Squ w Isl nd a or t oa . a an . Fr nkf Milw ukee . L sing Sh l a . o a M nistee Sheb yg n .

Gr een B ay .

Am er ican S tations .

E oo oa o . leven F t Sh l . Men minee

LIGHT HOUSES , RANGE LIGHTS , PIER LIGHTS , GA S

BUOYS , ETC OF THE GREAT LAKES AND

TRIBUTARIES .

fin on s D e iti . — F xed . A o i c ntinuous steady light . — F las h l n . o a | Sh wing single fl shes .

x ed n l h i — o of o o o F i a d F as n | . Main b dy light sh ws c ntinu usly while

brighter flashes revolve around it . — ev o lv in . a a a to f t t a R g Light gr du lly incre sing full e fec , hen decre sing t o eclipse . — an d to a . Oc c ulti ng . A steady light suddenly t lly eclipsed Occulting on a o lights ar e generally put g s bu ys . — n d a a at e a t a . Alter nat ing. Red a white ltern ting qu l in erv ls

o Lights on Lake Ontar i . — SACKE TTS HARBOR Fixed white . — GALLOO ISLAND Fixed white . — STONY POINT Fixed white varied by a white flash ever y 60 seconds . ’ P ILOT N 15 7 THE LAKE s HA DBOOK .

E — OSWE GO BR AKWATE R Fixed red . E — FAIR HAV N Fixed white . — BIG SODUS OUTE R LIGHT Fixed white with white flash every

seconds . — BIG SODUS INNE R LIGHT Fixed red . — — GE NE SE E West pier Fixed r ed . — — GE NE SEE E ast pier Fixed red . — BRADD P INT Fixed w ite . OCK O — h OAK ORCHARD Fixed white . E — a 45 o THIRTY MIL POINT Fl shing white every sec nds . — OLCOTT Fixed white . — FORT NIAGARA F ixed white .

n r o— an a r Lights on Lake O ta i C dian Sho e. — KINGSTON Fixed white . K E — SNA ISLAND F—ixed red . NINE MILE POIN—T Fixed white . PIGE ON ISLAND R evolving white . — FALSE DUCKS Fixed wh ite . — SOUTH BAY POINT Fixed red . — POINT PE TER Revolving white . — SALMON POINT Fixed red . — E GG ISLAND Fixed white . — E E E o a a a . W LL R BAY RANG Fr nt r nge , white . B ck r nge , red — h PRE SQUILLE Fixed w ite . G—E — COBOUR ast pier Fixed white . — — i COBOURG West pier F xed red . E — i P TE R ROCK F xed white . — PORT HOPE Fixed white . E— N EW CASTL Fixed white . — DARLINGTON Fixed white . — OSHAWA Fixed white . — WHITBY Fixed white . — PICKE RING Fixed Green . — TORONTO Fixed red . — — E a a e o a . a h . TORONTO st pier r ng Fr nt , fl s ing red B ck , fixed red — GIBRALTAR POINT Revolving white . E —F PORT CR DIT ixed white . — OAKVILLE Fixed wh i te . — BURLINGTON BAY MAIN LIGHT Fixed white . — a E o t . BURLINGTON BAY RANG Fr nt, fixed whi e B ck , red o h ver w ite . ’ 15 8 PiLOT THE LAKE s HANDBOOK . — P RT DALH OUIS E MAIN LIG T ccultin white . O — H O g PORT DALH OUIS E PIE R Fixed white . — — - - - NIAGARA ON TH E LAKE Range T wo red lights . — Gas Buoys on Lake O ntar io Am er ican . — E AST CHARITY SHOAL GAS BUOY Fixed Wh ite 10 seconds ; eclipse 10 seconds . — GALLOO ISLAND GAS BUOY White 10 seconds ; eclipse 10

seconds .

o s n a e ntar o— ana an Gas Bu y o L k O i C di . — W MIDDLE GROUND GAS BUOY Fixed hite . — s E . a r e m er can t o se tc on ke . Ligh h u , , L E i A i — HORSE SHOE RE E F Fixed white varied by white flash every

3 0 seconds . — BUFFALO MAIN LIGHT Flashing white every 5 seconds . — — BUFFALO BRE AKWATE R North end Fixed red . L E E — o a — o BUFFA O BR AKWAT R S uth entr nce N rth side, fixed

. o a and . red S uth side , fl shing red white N E — — d E o r e . BUFFALO ORTH . BR AKWAT R S uth end Fixed K — i a as 45 DUNKIR F xed white v ried by a white fl h every seconds . E E — DUNKIRK W ST PI R Fixed red . E E— — RI North pier Fixed red . E — — RIE Range N o . 1 an d 2 . Fixed wh ite . E E— a n P R SQUILL Fl shing red a d white . E — on CONN AUT Fixed white , west pier . E E — o flx ed on a CONN AUT RANG Fr nt, white west pier ; b ck, fixed

E— o on of a ASHTABULA RANG Fr nt, fixed red end west bre k r e on water ; back fixed d west pier .

—F wh itH n f a of FAIRPORT MAIN LIGHT ixed blu f, e st side river . E— o t— wh it n a FAIRPORT RANG Fr n Fixed H east pier . B ck —on a Fixed red e st pier . — — CLEVE LAND MAIN LIGHT Flashing red an d white east end of a a west bre kw ter . — — CLEVE LAND BREAK WATE R Fixed red ou west end of east a a bre kw ter . E E — CL V LAND EAST PIE R Fixed red . E E E E — CL V LAND W ST PI R Fixed white . E —F o — —o n a LORAIN RANG r nt Fixed white west pier . B ck —ou Fixed red west pier .

’ 160 pi LOT s N THE LAKE HA DBOOK .

o r — m er can Gas Bu ys on Lake E ie A i . — WA ERLY SH AL F ixed w ite 10 s econds eclipse 10 seconds . V O — h , E EC H L 10 o 10 o . S N A S OA Fixed white sec nds, eclipse sec nds E E E — 10 o RI HARBOR OUT R GAS BUOY Fixed white sec nds , eclipse 10 seconds . E E O E’R — 10 o RI HARB R INN GAS BUOY Fixed white sec nds , eclipse 10 s econds .

E —F e 10 o SANDUSKY BAY OUT R GAS BUOY ix d white sec nds , eclipse 10 seconds .

L—F i 10 co e 10 GULL ISLAND SHOA xed white se nds , eclips s o ec nds . E H H — e 10 o 10 P AC ORC ARD POINT Fixed whit sec nds, eclipse o s ec nds .

’ E E D L— 10 o 10 K LL Y S ISLAN SHOA Fixed white sec nds , eclipse s econds . — T E R E EF r F 10 o 10 S ARV ISLAND ixed white sec nds , eclipse s econds . — EE F 10 o 10 o . NIAGARA R F ixed white sec nds , eclipse sec nds E — e 10 eco e MAUMEE OUT R GAS BUOY Fixed whit s nds , eclips

10 seconds . — E E E F 10 o e MAUM INN R GAS BUOY ixed white sec nds , eclips 10 o sec nds . — a r e an a an G s Buoys on Lake E i C di . R O E — PO T COLB RN Occulting white . EE — —in o B GRUBB R F Occulting white Pige n ay . T— BAR POIN Fixed white .

o e in r o er Lighth us s th e D et it Riv . D— BOIS BLANC ISLAN Fixed white . — — — E S F o a . AMH R TBURG RANGE r nt Fixed red . B ck Fixed red E E—T wo r LLIOT POINT RANG fixed ed lights . H — — EAD OF BOIS BLANC ISLAND RANGE Front F ixed white . B — ack Fixed red . — — — o a . TE XAS DOCK R ANGE F r nt Fixed red . B ck Fixed white — LIME KILN CROSSING SOUTH LIGHTSHIP F ixed white . — LIME KILN CROSSING NORTH LIGH TSHIP Fixed white . — —F i — E E o ed . a FORT MALD N RANG Fr nt x white B ck Fixed red . E E E E —T wo r ed GROSS ISL SOUTH CHANN L RANG fixed lights . E E H E E —Two GROSS ISL NORT CHANN L RANG F . W . lights . A D E —T wo GR SSY ISLAN RANG fixed white lights . MA MAJUDA D —Two ISLAN fixed red lights . ’ TH E A PILOTs H 161 L KE ANDBOOK .

E E E —T w CORS RANG o fixed red lights . — GRASSY ISLAND NORTH CHANNE L RAN GE Two fixed r ed lights . E — B LLE ISLE Fixed red . — a — WINDMILL POINT M in light Fixed white varied by red flash . E—T w WINDMILL POINT RANG o fixed red lights . E AUX E E E—T w ISL P CH S RANG o fixed white lights . E — GROSS POINT LIGHT SHIP Fixed white . — . E Two e ST CLAIR FLATS OLD CUT RANG fix d white lights . — — . o ST CLAIR FLATS SHIP CANAL L wer light Fixed red . — — . H L i ST CLAIR FLATS S IP CANA Upper light F xed red .

i r o se n a r v e . Lighth u s St . Cl i Ri — E E . 1 LOW R R ACH LIGHT NO Fixed white . E — MIDDL LIGHT NO . 2 Fixed red . — E . 3 . UPP R LIGHT NO Fixed white . E — SOUTH AST BE ND LOWE R LIGHT Fixed red . E — SOUTH AST BE ND MIDDLE LIGHT Fixed red . E E E — h a SOUTH AST B ND UPP R LIGHT Fixed w ite up stre m , red d own stream . ’ — HERSON S ISLAND LOWE R LIGHT Fixed red . E ’ E — H RSON S ISLAND MIDDL LIGHT Fixed white . ’ — HE RSON S ISLAND UPPE R LIGHT Fixed red . E E — i RUSS L ISLAND LOW R LIGHT Fixed wh te . E L E — o t o t a RUSS L IS AND MIDDL LIGHT Sh ws whi e d wn s re m , r ed a up stre m . E — RUSSE L ISLAND UPP R LIGHT Fixed red . — CORUNNA RANGE T wo fixed white lights . — w FORT GRATIOT RANGE T o fixed r ed lights . — FORT GRATIOT MAIN LIGHT Fixed wh ite varied by a white

fl ash . —T POINT E DWARD RANGE wo fixed red lights .

i h r o n t a r v er s. Gas Buoys n t e D et it a d S . Cl i Ri — EE 2 . BALLARD R F N . Occulting w ite O — h E . BALLARD RE F N . 4 O cculting white O — E E 6 t . BALLARD R F NO . Occulting whi e GROSSE POINT CUT is marked by four occulting white on west s ide an d four occulting red on east side . L E E —E a e— ST . CLAIR F ATS CANAL NTRANC st sid Occulting

' T E E— —oc S . CLAIR FLATS CANAL NTRANC West side culting white. ’ 162 PiL T H THE LAKE O s ANDBOOK . — RUSSE L ISLAND SHOAL GAS BUOY O cculting white . — — L E o o . ST . C AIR MIDDL GROUND L wer bu y Occulting red — — E o h . ST . CLAIR MIDDL GROUND Upper bu y Occulting w ite — BLACK RIVE R SHOAL Occulting white .

— m r Lighthouses on Lake Hur on A e ican . — FORT GRATIOT Fixed white varied by a white flash every minute . 61— LAKE HURON LIGHTSHIP NO . Fixed white . — PORT SANILAC Fixed red . R E —Ea a — o a an d HA BOR B ACH st entr nce N rth light , fl shing red

. o . white S uth light , fixed red — — E o a E a . t HARBOR B ACH N rth entr nce st light , fixed white Wes light fixed ed . , r — POINT AUX BARQUE S Flashing white every 10 seconds . EE — h e f or one 5 r ed a s PORT AUSTIN R F Fixed w it minute , fl she next minute . — CHARITY ISLAND Fixed white . E—Tw SAGINAW RIVE R RANG o red lights . — f or 2 5 o f or 5 o TAWAS POINT Fixed sec nds , eclipse sec nds ;

o o S E . to N E . o a o sh ws white fr m , red thr ugh rem ining sect r . E— r ed on o . AU SABL Fixed , n rth pier — STURGE ON POINT Fixed white . — E on on o of a to ALP NA Fixed red , crib n rth side entr nce river . ER — a 90 T UND BAY ISLAND Fl s ing white every seconds . H — h MIDDLE ISLAND Fixed red . E— PR E SQUE ISL Fixed white . E E E R E—T wo t PR SQU ISL HA BOR RANG fixed whi e lights . E — a 10 FORTY MIL POINT Fl shing white every seconds . — SPE CTACLE REE F Flash ing alternately red an d white every

3 0 seconds . E E H — P OE R F LIGHTS IP Fixed white . — CHE BOYGAN POINT Fixed white varied by white flash every e minut . — CHE BOYGAN CRIB Fixed red . — E R E E T wo r ed B YGAN I R RANG fixe lights . CH O V— d ROUND ISLAND Fixed white varied by a red flash every 2 0 seconds . — BOIS BLANC ISLAND Fixed white . — a 10 OLD MACKINAC POINT Fl shing red every seconds . E — D TOUR POINT Fixed white .

’ 164 BILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

— i t GRIFFITH ISLAND F xed whi e . E E E— PR SQU ISL Fixed white . E R E —T wo OW N SO—UND ANG S red lights . E on a M AFORD Fixed white e ch pier . E— o a THORNBURY RANG Fr nt , fixed white . B ck , fixed red . N OT TAW AS AGA — o ISLAND Rev lving white every 3 0 seconds . to Red sec r covers shoal . D E R E E—T w COLLINGWOO NT ANC RANG o red lights . E E— w COLLINGWOOD SHOR RANG T o fixed white lights . N D— CHRISTIA ISL—AN Fixed white . HOPE ISLAND R evolving white every minute . — GIANTS TOMB Fixed white . B R E B E UF E—Two RANG fixed white lights . — MIDLAND POINT RANGE T wo fixed white lights . — MIDLAND RANGE T wo fixed r ed lights . — WHISKE Y ISLAND Fixed white . E E— i PENE TANGUISH N F xed white . — W E STE RN ISLANDS Fixed white varied by a white flash every 3 0 seconds . — R E D ROCK F ixed white . E— a R o . SNUG HARBOR ANG Fr nt , fixed red B ck, fixed white . — E o . a E L R . JON S IS AND ANG Fr nt, fixed red B ck, fixed white — CARLING ROCK Fixed white. — K ILLB E AR POINT Fixed white . D — E POT ISLAND Fixed red . E— P INT AU ARIL RANG Front fixed white . ack fixed r ed . O B — , B , G E R E AUX ISLAND Fixed white . E E— w B ING INL T R ANG T o fixed red lights . E— B USTARD ROCK R ANG Three white lights . F E R E A E—T wo R NCH IV R R NG fixed red lights . L — ONE LY ISLAND Fixed white . — K ILLARNE Y E AST Fixed white . K E E — ILLARN Y W ST Fixed white . — MANITOWANING Fixed white . — S TRAWBE RR Y ISLAND F ixed white . — E E R E o . a e LITTL CURR NT ANG Fr nt, fixed red B ck , fixed whit . — R ed o o N ARR OW ISLAND Fixed white . sect r ver shoal . — C LAP P E R T ON ISLAND Fixed white . — K AGAWONG Fixed white . — BOYD ISLAND Fixed red . — C UTLE R RANGE T wo fixed red lights . — G OR E BAY Fixed white . ’ AK LO S A K 165 THE L E PI T H NDBOO . — CAPE ROBE RTS Fixe—d white. BLIND RIVE R RANG—E T wo fixed red lights . MIS S IS S AGI ISLAND Revolving white . T MA ILLE — OLS V Fixed white . D — SULP UR ISLAN Fixed white . H — T E SSAL N Fixed white . H O — BRUCE MINE S Fixed white . — NORTH SISTE R RO—CK F ixed white . BAMFORD ISLA—ND Fixed white. SHOAL ISLAND Fixed wh ite.

as o in eor an B a G Bu ys G gi y . — LOCKE RBIE ROCK Occulting white . — LONE ROCK Occulting white . E — S GUIN BAN O cculting white . K — — PARRY SOUND Three Star Shoal Gas Buoy O cculting white. as o — oo a as o Middle Ground G Bu y O cculting white . H per Isl nd G Bu y — — a as o . Fixed white . Spruce Isl nd G Bu y Fixed white

o in h 0 v er Lighth uses t e 8 0 Ri .

— te DE TOUR POINT Fixe—d whi . FRYING PAN ISLAND Fixed red . E — PIP ISLAND Fixed red . — SWEE TS POINT Fixed white . — t two o o e ROUND ISLAND Fixed whi e , with red sect rs c v ring o sh als . A E—T w WINTE R POINT R NG o white lights . — E F f or 5 o 10 o . MUD LAK CRIB ixed white sec nds , eclipse sec nds E — PILOT ISLAND RAN—G Two flxed white lights . E NCAMPME NT CRIB Fixed red . E— w POINT OF WOODS RANG T o r ed lights . E E —Tw DARK HOL RANG o fixed white lights . E —T HARWOOD POINT RANG wo fixed white lights . E N EE B I H A E—Tw MIDDL S R NG o fixed white lights . E H AY LA E GE—Two t LOW R K RAN fixed white ligh s . — i NINE MILE POINT F xed red . E E A E —Two MIDDL HAY LAK R NG fixed white lights . F R E T CH E T T E—Two POINT RANG fixed white lights . S IX E A E—Two e te MIL INT R NG fix w i lig ts . PO —d h h NORTH E NTRANCE CUT LIGHT Fixed white occulting ever y

5 seconds . E E—Two h BAYFI LD ROCK RANG fixed w ite lights . ’ 166 TH E A BILOTs H L KE ANDBOOK .

E— o a 1 R v 0 o . VIDAL SHOAL ANG Fr nt, fl shing red e ery sec nds

a . B ck , fixed red E— w POINT AUX PINS RANG T o fixed wh ite lights . — POINT AUX PINS Fixed white . ’ E E E—Tw o . ST . MARY S RIV R LOW R RANG fixed red ligh ts ’ — w E E R E T . ST . MARY S RIV R UPP R ANG o fixed white lights ’ — E T w . HE AD OF ST . MARY S RIVE R RANG o fixed white lights — a 3 0 o POINT IROQUOIS Fl shing white every sec nds . i Gas Buoys n th e 80 0 Riv er .

D E E E — TOUR R F Occulting white . A E E — POINT UX —FR N S Occulting white . S D O cculting ed . RAIN OCK— r DARK HOLE Occulting red . — COYLE POINT Occulting red . — STRIBLING POINT Occulting white . E— HAY LAKE E NTRANC —O cculting white . MIDDLE N E EB IS H GUT O ccul ting red . — 2 r ed . VIDAL SHOAL NO . Occulting — 4 . . VIDAL SHOAL NO . Occulting red — 1 h . VIDAL SHOAL NO . Occulting w ite — BRUSH POINT GAS BUOY Occulting white . — CE DAR POINT GAS BUOY Occulting white . — MIDDLE GR UND GAS BU Y cculting red . O — O O MIDDLE GAS BUOY O cculting white . EE — GROS CAP R F GAS BUOY Occulting red .

ses on er or — m er ca Lighthou Lake Sup i A i n .

E — a 1 o WHIT FISH POINT Fl shing white every 0 sec nds . R — r ed C ISP POINT Fixed . — GRAND MARAIS RANGE T wo fixed red lights . — BIG SABLE POINT Fixed white . GRAND ISLAND—F ixed white varied by a white flash every seconds . — GRAND ISLAND HAR BOR Fixed white . R E—T wo GRAND ISLAND HA BOR RANG fixed white lights . — MARQUE TTE F ixed white . E E R E E — MARQU TT B AKWAT R Fixed red . — GRANITE ISLAND Fixed white with red flashes every s econds . — BIG BAY POINT Fixed white varied by a wh ite flash every n seco ds .

’ 168 A pIL THE L KE OTs HANDBOOK .

r r — ana an Lighthouses on Lake Supe io C di .

COR B AY — POINT Fixed white . E —F COPP RMINE POINT ixed white . — GARGANTUA Fixed white . E — MICHIPICOT N HARBOR Fixed white . H E — MIC IPICOT N ISLAND Fixed white . A — o C R IB OO ISLAND Revolving white , eclipse 10 sec nds . E D — AGAT ISLAN Fixed white .

E —F i r OTT R ISLAND xed white tempora ily . — PE NINSULA HARBOR Revolving white every 3 0 seconds . E — t o a . SLAT ISLANDS Fixed whi e , temp r rily E — a h r ed and BATTL ISLAND Fl s ing white . — LAMB ISLAND Fixed white . — PORPHYRY POINT Fixed white . E E E—Two e t SILV R ISL T RANG fixed whit ligh s . D E E— 6 THUN R CAP Revolving white every 0 seconds . E E — t W LCOM ISLAND Fixed whi e . — K AMIN IS T I UA RANGE Two fixed ed lights . Q — r PORT ARTHUR CRIB Fixed red . IE — P ISLAND Fixed white . — ed VICTORIA ISLAND Fix white ,

r or Gas Buoys on Lake Supe i . R — W FO T WILLIAM GAS BUOY Occulting hite . U —O t W PORT ARTHUR GAS B OY ccul ing hite .

e n Lighthous s on Lake Michiga .

— a 10 o OLD MACKINAC Fl shing red every sec nds . McGULP IN ’S —F POINT —ixed white . . E LE ST H NA ISLAND Fixed red . W AUGO S H AN CE— a a a Fixed white , v ried by white fl sh every seconds . — WHITE SHOAL LIGHTSHIP Fixed white . ’ — GRAY S RE E F LIGHTSHIP Fixed white . — LANSING SHOAL LIGHTSHIP Fixed red . — S K ILLIGALLEE Fixed white . — BE AVE R ISLAND ARB R Fixed ed . —H O r BEAVE R ISLAND Fixed white varied by a white flash every seconds . E — LITTLE TRAV R SE Fixed red . E — P TOSKE Y Red over white . H E X— on C ARL VOI Fixed red , pier. ’ IL 169 THE LAKE p OTs HANDBOOK . — SOUTH F OX ISLAND Fixed red varied by a red flash every 2 minutes . — GRAND TRAVE RSE Fixed white . —F MISSION PO INT ixed white . — NORTH MANITOU Flashing red an d white every 10 seconds . — SOUTH MANITOU Fixed white . — POINT BE TSE Y Flashing white every 10 seconds .

E E E—Two on FRANKFORT PI RH AD RANG fixed red lights, south pier . — E E E T wo h on o . PORTAG LAK RANG fixed red lig ts , n rth pier — MANISTEE MAIN LIGHT F ixed white varied by a red flash every 45 seconds . — MANISTEE PIE RHE AD Fixed red . E— GRAND POINT AU SABL Fixed white . E — LUDINGTON NORTH PI R Fixed red . E—T w o on o . LUDINGTON RANG fixed red lights , s uth pier E E— w PE NTWAT R R ANG T o fixed red lights , on south pie . — r PE TITE POINT AU SABLE Fixed white varied by a white flash every 3 0 seconds . H E E — l a an d W IT RIV R F shing red white . E E E — on o WHIT RIV R PI R Fixed red s uth pier . E E— o a on MUSK GON RANG Fr nt , fixed red . B ck , fixed white , south pier . E E — MUSK GON LAK LIGHT Fixed red . — BANK POINT Fixed red . — GRAND HAVE N PIE R Fixed white varied by a white flash every 60 o sec nds on south pie . —r H E T wo on o . OLLAND RANG fixed red lights , s uth pier Z —F KALAMA OO ixed white . Z — E on o . KALAMA OO PI R Fixed red , s uth pier E E R — on o SOUTH HAV N PI Fixed red , s uth pier . — E H a 3 0 o ST , JOS P Fl shing white every sec nds . E H E —Two on o ST . JOS P RANG fixed red lights , n rth pier . E E H —F MICHIGAN CITY BR AKWAT R LIG T ixed red . E E — MI CHIGAN CITY AST PI R Fixed white . E E — e MICHIGAN CITY W ST PI R Fix d red . E —T o a CALUM T HARBOR be est blished . E E — o on . CALUM T PI R Fixed red , n rth pier — an d 10 o CHICAGO HARBOR Flashing red white every sec nds . H E E E — i C ICAGO OUT R BR AKWAT R F xed red . — H E ER o . C ICAGO BR AKWAT S uth light , fixed red E E — W o . CHICAGO BR AK AT R N rth light , fixed white ’ 170 p Ts AN K THE LAKE H DBOO . — O ER E A GE r o t r ed . B ac CHICAG PI H AD R N F n , fixed k , fixed w ite . h — GROSSE POINT Fixed white varied by a r ed flash every 3

minutes , E A — e f or 20 econ o o 4 WAUK G N Fix d white s ds , f ll wed by red

flashes . E G E A A E R — i WAUK AN BR KW T F xed red . K E — NOSHA Flashes white every 15 seconds . — h t o on a ate . K E NOSHA RANGE Two fixed red lig s . Fr nt bre kw r o Back on n rt ie . h p r — EA E F i on o of a ate . RACINE BR KWAT R xed red , s uth end bre kw r — E E HE D ix on o . RACIN PI R A F ed red , n rth pier E EE — h i RACIN R F Fixed w te . E T— a e 3 o o RACIN POIN Fl shing white very 0 sec nds . Red sect r co vers reef . — MILWAUKEE Fixed white var ied by a white flash every 3 0 sec ond s.

EE E E —R ed a o h e on o of MILWAUK BR AKWAT R b ve w it , s uth end a a bre kw ter . E E E EA — x MILWAUK NORTH PI RH D Fi ed red . RT WAS NGT N—Fixed red PO HI O , — E A E E on o of k SH BOYG N BR AKWAT R Fixed red , s uth end brea a w ter . — E E E D on o SH BOYGAN PI RH A Fixed red , n rth pier . E K A E — MANITOWOC BR A W T R Fixed red . I E — on o MAN TOWOC PI R Fixed red , n rth pier . E S E — on o TWO RIV R PI R Fixed red , n rth pier . — TWIN RIVE R POINT Fixed white varied by a white flash every 3 o 0 sec nds . — E EE E Two on o t K WAUN RANG fixed red lights , n r h pier. AH N AP EE E—Two on o th ALGOMA ( ) RANG fixed red lights , n r — STURGE ON B AY CANAL Flashing r ed and white every 10 sec ou ds . E E — r ed on o STURG ON BAY PI R Fixed , n rth pier. A E E—T wo B YL Y HARBOR RANG fixed white lights . A — i CANA ISL ND F xed white . ’ — PILOT ISLAND (DEATH S DOOR) Fixed white varied by a a 15 o white fl sh every sec nds . E—Two PLUM ISLAND RANG fixed red lights . L ND — ROCK IS A Fixed white , ’ — . A a an d e e 5 o ST M RTIN S ISLAND Fl shing red whit very sec nds . E — a 15 o POV RTY ISLAND Fl shing red every sec nds .

’ 172 pILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

DRAFTS OF WATER AT THE SMALLER AND LESS

USED PORTS OF THE GREAT LAKES .

At the larger lake ports a depth of twenty feet is generally mai n

tained .

r o— r Lake O nta i South Sho e.

o Olc tt , Oak a Orch rd ,

o Osweg , o o o Kingst n , city fr nt d cks ,

r o— Lake Onta i Nor th Shor e.

Deseronto , 12 feet 10 Belleville , feet to Tren n , 14 feet o o P rt H pe , 14 feet a 12 New C stle , feet a a Osh w , 14 feet 14 Whitby, feet s Pickering , between pier , 8 feet

o o o T r nt , 14 feet at docks o 8 P rt Credit , feet a 10 O kville , feet h a o o B a 18 e C nnel int Burlingt n y , f et a to 16 to 18 at o H mil n , feet d cks

r — r Lake E ie South Sho e. Dunkirk

o Vermilli n , a o o Kelley Isl nd , n rth d ck , a o o Kelley Isl nd , s uth d ck , s a o Kelley I l nd , west d ck , o o P rt Clint n ,

Munroe , entrance , o Munr e , city docks ,

r e— or or e Lake E i N th Sh .

Kingsville ,

Leamington ,

R ondeau , between piers , o a P rt St nley , ’ A BILOT 173 THE L KE s HANDBOOK .

o t P r Bruce , o P rt Burwell ,

o o P rt D ver , o a a P rt M itl nd , o o o P rt C lb rne ,

n— Lake Hur o West Shor e.

Lexington ,

Sanilac ,

a o a a a H rb r Be ch , e st entr nce , a o a o a H rb r Be ch , n rth entr nce , a o a o a H rb r Be ch , s uth entr nce , Ha o a at a a a rb r Be ch , m in bre kw ter , a o a o H rb r Be ch , city d cks , o H O e P rt p , o e Grindst n City, o P rt Austin , E ast Tawas , a Au S ble , a H rrisville , a Alpen ,

- Presque Isle , R o dgers City , o a Cheb yg n , a a Old M ckin c ,

‘ on— r e Lake Hur East Sho . 19 feet to elevator on south side of harbor 14 feet to wharf on north side of harbor 14 feet 10 feet 13 56 feet

r a Geo gi n B ay .

o o T berm ry , a o Wi rt n , o Owen S und , a o Me f rd , or Th nbury,

Colling wood , a a to a o Penet nguishene , entr nce h rb r, e e an e e o P n t g uish ne , lumb r d cks , 174 ’ TH E LAK E PILOTs H AN DBOOK .

a a o 9 Penet nguishene , t nnery d ck , feet a 18 e to e a o Midl nd , fe t lev t rs o a a o 16 Vict ri H rb r, feet

W aub ash ene, o a o 20 to 24 Dep t H rb r, feet i a 17 K ll rney, feet r e 16 at oc s Little Cur nt, Over feet lumber d k Contr ac h o a a 12 . Little Current , t r ugh p ss ge , feet ( tors n ow engaged in deepening channel to 2 5 feet . ) o B a o 18 G re y D cks , feet C l ut er, feet i o a a 2 1 L ttle Detr it p ss ge , feet S a 14 to 20 p nish Mills, feet S erpent Harbor (Spragge) 13 to 14 feet o a 14 1 Alg m Mills, 76 feet 12 Blind River, 96 feet a o at 18 t Thess l n , pier, fee a o o 12 Thess l n , city d cks , feet e oa oc 16 t Bruc Mines , c l d ks, fee

L c an— a r e ake Mi hig E st Sho . C o a 12 r ss Vill ge , feet a o 14 H rb r Springs , feet

Petoskey, 14 feet a o 15 Ch rlev ix, feet E a o a a o 12 st J rd n , l test rep rts , feet o a o 12 S uth Arm , l test rep rts , feet an o a not a d r ed Fr kf rt , gener lly less th n (needs frequent g 18 feet

Manistique , feet

Ludington , 18 feet

Pentwater , 13 feet

Muskegon , 16 feet a a 17 Gr nd H ven , feet o a 15 H ll nd , feet 8 ee Saugatuck , f t o a 14 S uth H ven , feet

. Jo a o 16 t St seph H rb r , fee an 15 t Michig City, fee

Waukegan , 20 feet o a 18 e t Ken sh , f e

Racine , feet

Port Washington , 12 feet

' The Mar iner s Com pass

S HOW ING EV ERY POINT AN D DEGREE.

THE COMPASS .

The Chinese claim to have invented the compass in the year 2 63 4 a a t a a a to h a at sea was B . C but the e rliest d te h t they ppe r ve used it

a o 3 00 . a a a a a o a a o Gioz a b ut A D . The It li ns h ve lw ys c ntended th t Fl vi , a a o a th a 13 6 f al e 2 . D o . it Am f , It ly, invented the c mp ss in ye r A , but h as been proven that th e compass was well known as a nautical in str u a ment long before that d te. ’ A PILOTs 177 THE L KE HANDBOOK .

ar a f h om ass V i tion o t e C p .

The essential part of th e compass is th e magnetized needle , b al s need freely on a fine point ; one end pointing to the north and th e — — oth er to the south but n ot exactly the angle between the true north n ‘ ’ f a d that shown by the compass needle being called variation . Di ferent o a ff e a a o o th e n o to l c lities give di er nt v ri ti n , s metimes eedle p inting the a eastward of th e true north and sometimes to the westward . Ag in h t ere ar e places on the lakes where there is n o variation , th e needle

n . pointing to the true nort . The cause of this va iation is ot known h — r And the variation is gradually changing the north end of the n eedle is o o to a a s a a on to as m ving sl wly the westw rd , c u ing westerly v ri ti incre e and a t T a a o a o e sterly variation o decrease . h e ver ge m vement is b ut s a o a four minutes yearly . At thi r te it will require f rty ye rs to move the needle a quarter of a point .

It is absolutely necessary f or the navigator to know the exact

of a o o o a a o amount v riati n ver the c urse th t he is sh ping, therwise he a h could not make a correct course . If he finds th t t e variation is

an d a o o . a t. westerly his ch rt c urse is n rth , he then steers N 94 e s The government b ooks and charts show th e amount of variation at different places . m ss D ev iation of th e Co pa . The deviation Of th e compass needle is that attraction caused by th e o or th e a to a o ir n steel in ship , c using the needle devi te fr m its true a a ff o o c o . a o o urse Devi ti n is c rrected by m gnets , pl ced in di erent p siti ns

- a a e near the ship to off set the loc al attraction . This oper tion is c ll d ‘ adjusting the compas s and is generally done by expert compass ad ’ justers . m A F ew Points About Co passes . The liquid and Oil compasses have about taken th e place of the old a o a o e a o o of c ard compass . In liquid c mp ss the b wl is fill d with s luti n f n t an o a about equal parts o pure alcohol a d wa er . In Oil c mp ss the nd a ar bowl is filled with benzine . Ritchie a Bliss comp sses e liquid il a an o o a . n o a m a compasses . The B ker is c mp ss In a Oil c mp ss the g netic needles ar e flat bright steel bars . The needle in a liquid com pass is enclosed in a round case to keep it from the action of the ai c oh OL

ar e o a a o a o a o o There f ur c rdin l p ints in c mp ss ; n rth , s uth , east and west.

T ar e o - a a o N E S E SW here f ur inter c rdin l p ints ; NW. o a r 6 The e ar e 3 2 points in a c mp ss o 3 0 deg ees . There ar e 11 r r 96, 15 e o (11 degrees minut s) degrees in a p int . Degrees ar e reckoned only ’ 178 K PiLOTs H THE LA E ANDBOOK .

u 8 W . a o o and o . Yo o sa . 0 i t of fr m n rth s uth w uld y N degrees , ns e d . w . 10 e . o a a o t o ff W . degr es N The c mp ss is re d by p ints in di erent ways ; lake men have a way of reading it which appears to be al l a a o w wn a a f a . a their o , while scientific n vig t rs re d it in di ferent y N vi gators should be familiar with either style . A course read by lake a n a a o s . . . o as men a N E by N N w uld be re d by scientific vig t rs N .

d so on . E . an N E . ,

n f h m ass e n h Ab out Var iatio o t e Co p Ne dle o t e Lakes .

The question is Often asked h ow fast is the variation increasing or u decreasin g an d h ow long can we use o r present courses .

a a am on all a th e no of The ch nge is ne rly the s e the l kes , rth end h o a n o a a a o to in t e c mp ss eedle m ving west, c using westerly v ri ti n o f s crease and easterly variation to decrease . The average am unt o thi 4 a o l l a a o t movement is about minutes annu lly . Theref re it wi t ke b u n f 40 years to change the variatio a quarter o a point.

The places Of greatest variation of the compass needle ar e th e a of a a o o a B a and of a e e st end L ke Ont ri , Ge rgi n y , the west end L k a o a o n o a Superior . The vari ti n re ches al m st o e p int westerly in the e st of a n a o o a B a a at o a a o t end L ke O t ri . In Ge rgi n y the v ri i n ver ges 56 p in a westerly. In the west end of L ke Superior the variation is from

to of a o a . a a o on La 94. p int e sterly There is very little v ri ti n ke Michi an a o o a o 1 g , the gre test deflecti n Of the needle being nly trifle ver A l point . There is pr atica l y no variation in the north end of Lake Michi

an . a a a a o on a H o o g The ver ge v ri ti n L ke ur n is 94 p int .

out a o o h a a o n ot a In figuring l ng c urse w ere the v ri ti n is the s me , an average variation should be found as follows : On the course from ’ E agle Harbor to Devil s island the variation near the east end of th e ’ o o to 3 28 a at s c urse will be f und be degrees minutes e sterly, Devil island it is 5 degrees 3 9 minutes easterly an d about midway along the 5 course the variation is found to be 2 degrees 8 minutes easterly. By a e a o of a a o o e and 3 dding these thre m unts v ri ti n t g ther dividing by , an average variation is found of 4 degrees easterly .

The greatest variation Of the compass needle on th e Gr eat Lakes is about ten degrees .

In some parts of the world the variation of the compass needle is so gr eat that the needle points east and west instead of n orth . and south .

a a a o a The aver ge v ri ti n in the Atl ntic ocean is 20 degrees westerly .

’ 180 PiLOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK . — Sixty seconds one minute . — Sixty minutes o ne degr ee .

E and one- o t e —on leven f ur h degr es e point .

o co e a a o of a o an om In c rrecting urs s , fr cti n p int less th 96 is seld

. o a o E and th e a a o at a o used If y ur ch rt c urse is N by , v ri ti n th t p int is two and 4 8 a o a ad d o to degrees minutes west , then ( b ve t ble) p int a a of o a o o e E E . the e stw rd the c urse , m king c rrected c urs N by 94 If a a o at a o o two 2 0 as an the v ri ti n th t p int is nly degrees minutes , ( ex o a o h f r ll r ample ) ad d 94 just the same . This w uld be ne r en ug o a p ac a o th e a a o a e an of a o ad d tic l purp ses , but if v ri ti n is ne r r 96 p int, then

n n . 96 to the course, a d so o

THE NORTH STAR AND HOW IT BEARS ON

DIFFERENT LAKES .

n o a o a a e o or so a so a The rth st r (P l ris) be rs tru n rth, ne rly , th t it f r l F or a a a f can be used o a l compass purposes . cert in p rt o the d ay

‘ it varies a little to the eastward of th e true north and then a little to the westward (less than 96 point) while f or the balance of th e d ay it o bears exactly true n rth .

T o get the magnetic bearing of the north star it is then necessary o to all w the variation .

o a a o o a o a at Theref re , with the present v ri ti n , the n rth st r w uld be r ff a o—N E a a —N E a o H o Bu l , m gnetic ; Clevel nd 96 , m gnetic ; P rt ur n — N . 56 E . , magnetic .

r o o o a o to e o a E On the enti e c urse fr m F rt Gr ti t D t ur it be rs N , a o a B a —N E a a a —N m gnetic ; in Ge rgi n y 96 , m gnetic ; S ult Ste M rie 94 ’ E a o —N a a —N , m gnetic ; Keweenaw P int 96 W, m gnetic ; Devil s isl nd — — W magnetic ; Duluth N 96 W , magnetic ; Straits of Mackinac N 96 , — E a a a d ue o a o th 96 , m gnetic ; Be ver isl nds n rth , m gnetic ; fr m e Mani — a . tous to Chicago N . 96 W m g netic

FINDING THE COMPASS ERROR BY THE NORTH

STAR .

Set the pointer of your bearing finder to the same course as is shown by your compass and then point the sight b ar at the north

a o o at o . st r , when the err r will be sh wn nce ’ TH E A PILOTs A 181 L KE H NDBOOK.

HOW TO FIND THE NORTH STAR .

The big dipper and all the northern stars appear to revolve about o t a - o o two a a o th e the n r h st r every twenty f ur h urs , but the st rs th t f rm of o a a o a a a o a a a o side the b wl , w y fr m the h ndle , lw ys f rm r nge th t p int directly at the n orth star ; therefore by finding the dipper it is then an easy matter to find th e north star . A diagr am is given below that t 6. a. m . o a o a o o of o 6 . . o sh ws the ppr xim te p siti n the dipper fr m p m , o central standard time during the month of October . Of c urse th e not a o o at o o dipper is in the s me p siti n , the time sh wn bel w , during a every night in the year . Six months l ter the big dipper would be found on the opposite side of th e north star at the time shown in the diagram .

Ho r i z on ’

182 PiLOTs . A DBO K THE LAKE H N O .

MAGNETIC ATTRACTION ON THE NORTH SHORE

OF LAKE SUPERIOR .

F or years vessel masters have reported that their compasses were aff on th o o of a o o to ected when e n rth sh re L ke Superi r, fr m Duluth r a o a d ir ec o a . 1902 a o v Isle R y l In , m gnetic bse ti ns were m de under the

f E . . h f . a a o o o o a . . ti n C pt D D G ill rd (C rps ngineers , U S Army ) whic Th a confirm the reports of local attraction in this locality . e gre test

a a o was o at o o 18 o t . H ttr cti n f und St ny P int, miles fr m Dulu h ere , o a a a o o a o a a a where the n rm l v ri ti n sh uld be b ut eight degrees e st , v ri — ation was found as high as 2 6 degrees east a local attraction of 18 a a o was o l n- o a al ea . a degrees st The gre test ttr cti n cl se sh re , gr du ly a at a a of o o th e o a at decre sing , until dist nce three miles fr m sh re l c l a a o l n oca traction disappeared . The loc l attr cti n this l lity draws the o of to a n rth end the needle the e st.

USE YOUR WATCH AS A COMPASS .

Point the hour hand at the sun an d due south will lie exactly mid way between the hour hand an d the figure 12 on th e dial . F or ex

’ ample : Th e hour hand points to 9 o clock ; then south will be just between 10 and 11.

MEASURING DISTANCES BY SOUND .

A rule f or measuring distances by sound is often ve y va uable to . r l the lake pilot wh o is navigating in a f og as it is often possible to get a a o o an echo from the shore . In ordin ry temper ture s und travels ab ut 112 5 feet in a second and a l ttl e less when the temperature is at f r eez 12 5 a o f or o o or o . 1 a F ing p int But feet is ne r en ugh rdin ry purp ses . example : You sound your whistle an d the echo returns in 10 seconds ; n h 112 5x 10: 112 50 feet. As the sound h as to travel there a d return , t e distance that you ar e away from the object that caused the echo will a a o of 562 5 or a e then be h lf the b ve number feet , which is feet trifl h f or a a o over on e mile . T is rule finding the dist nce aw y fr m shore is not alw ays reliable as it m ay happen that th e echo is thrown from high land back f rom a l ow shore . And a dense f og bank will sometimes o throw an echo. A perfect kn wledge of the locality that youar e in will make this rul e more safe .

’ 184 LA PiLOTs B K THE KE HAND OO .

‘ ’ Observations with th e Pelorus should b e taken at least twice a wa and a o noted in a oo ata r w b e tch devi ti ns , b k ; thus d is secu ed hich l comes val uable when celestia bodies cannot be obser v ed . But a care ful and observant navigator will secure much data wh ich will be useful and which will take the place of celestial bodies when the weather is

a o a f or o a o . a t oo unf v r ble bserv ti ns Thus, I h ve frequen ly used , with g d a o of th e a at Lo a on a n w en results , the illumin ti n furn ce r in d rk ights, h h o a t t e o a a o o a E . urning s uthe st sh l lightship , b und d wn L ke rie The be r 149° E s as an a of a e ing is , which , being u ed just zimuth the sun , pl c it ‘ ’ ’ on o at a and a a a o the Pel rus the ship s he d , m king the turn little b ve th e lightship watch the illumination th rough the sight vane and when — abreast the lightship note where the short pointer is it will point to th e mag netic course the ship is making. The slight correction that m to a n ff a b ay have be pplied will ot be a ected by deviation . C re must e ta o to a i a a a a ken in d ing this h ve the sh p he ding ne rly right when bre st , h o a because t e angle changes quickly . The m re dist nt the object ob

' ser v and a to 90° o o a f or ed , the ne rer it is fr m the c urse , the less ch nce error .

TEST YOUR COMPASSES . — B ar o o o a o b ow N . E . p int ver stern , B is Bl nc ver by — E . E . Amherstburg range N . by 96

From Lime Kiln Crossing with . Grosse Isle south channel range — over b ow N . by W. W . — 1 E . On Grassy Island range N . 76 M m u — a a d a a N . E j r nge 96 . — E 1 n e N . . Grassy Isla d north channel rang . by N 76 N E — o N . c rse range 96 W . — Range through Grosse Point cut N E . E . — E Through St . Clair canal N . N . o —N E Russell Island l wer range . — Corunna range (Stag Island ) N . by W . — o E a a a N . P int dw rd r nges (Canadi n ) 96 E . P n n n — a a d a a . Frying Pipe isl nd r ge N 96 W . o — Winter P int range N W . ’ o a a a to a o E a —N E Pil t Isl nd r nge (le ding up S il rs nc mpment) . by .

96 E . a Ho e a a o Mud a — N . D rk l r nge (le ding up thr ugh Little L ke ) 96 W . — o a o N W . Stribling P int r nge (thr ugh dyke ) by W . 96 W . o H a a a o to o —NW L wer y L ke r nge (fr m Dyke Nine Mile p int) . by ’ PiLOT K 185 THE LAKE s HANDBOO .

Middle H ay Lake range (from Nine Mile Point to Six Mile Point)

N . by W . 56 W. — F r etch ett point range N W . N . — N . Up through Island Cut NW . 96 W . — 1 O W . . B ayfiel d Rock range (leading to the S O ) NW 76 W . —W Vidal Shoal ran ge (lea—ding out of canal ) . by S . Point Aux Pins range S W . by W . ’ — St . Mary s River lower range (red) W . by S . S . ’ ’ — o b ow N W . S t . Mary s River upper range (Point Iroqu is over ) by

W . W .

’ an a out to o o o Head Of St . Mary s River r ge (le ding P int Ir qu is)

N W . N . . T wo good courses on Portage ran ges — N E . . R ol eau Point range by N . 96 N

a o o f — a o a a . N Portage Lake Ship c n l (entering int l wer end c n l ) . by

THE USE OF THE BEARING INDICATOR .

Fin din g th e Distan ce O ff a Lighthouse or Other Object by a n B e r i gs .

When running along the land or passing lighthouses or other oh j ects it is absolutely nece ssary that youshould know the exact distance your vessel is from these objects an d f or this purpose a bearing indi

o . cator is required . A few simple rules f or its use ar e given bel w Of course if the speed of .your vessel is not known then the distance run

h r i l o between bearings should be found by t e tafi a l g .

R ULE 1.

Take a bearing of a lighthouse or other object on shore an d see h ow many points it differs from the course you ar e steering . When

‘ this difference is doubled the distance run will be equal to the distance t o or o your ship is from h e lighth use ther object .

EXA MP LE.

A ship steering north and running at a speed of twelve miles an h 8 . n on t o . a. a o o . ff hour . At m bject e sh re b re N NW The di erence a nd o w w a o o as t o o . between this be ring y ur c urse , theref re, p ints Keep n o r o the same course until the same bject bo e NW . The diff erence between this last bearing and th e course steered would be four points

s a or just double the diff erence of the first bearing . And we will ay th t ’ 186 P I LOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

w o a as a t . o th e h as the sec nd be ring re ched a a m . Theref re ship a a an o or and o six m es run just h lf h ur , six miles , y ur ship is just il o a a was a fr m the Object when the l st be ring t ken . — R ULE 2 . T H E F O UR P O IN T B EA R IN G .

If your course leads your ship parallel with the shore and youwish . to know exactly h ow f ar Off that shore your ship is then you should figure to get your second bearing directly abeam and f or this purpose o o o T h o o a on the f ur p int bearing sh uld be used . e f ur p int be ring is 1 the same principle as that given in Rule .

MP LE EXA .

Get any object ashore to bear four points forward of the beam an d n T h run o the same course until the same object bears exactly abeam . e distan ce run between the two bearings will be th e distance your ship is from the shore . — R ULE 3 . T H E C R OS S B EA R IN G .

o can al l o a a or The ab ve rules be used with ut ch rt , dividers rulers ; all that is necessary is the bearing finder and the timepiece . However , there ar e some excellent rules that have to be worked out on a chart . of o a or a of a of two One these is the cr ss be ring , the t king the be rings obj ec ts at the same time .

MP LE EXA .

o n a o You now Your ship is steering n rth a d lighth use bears NW .

find that another Object ashore bears west . Draw these two bearings on your chart and the position of the ve ssel is -at the point where the lines cross . — R ULE 4 . T H E T W O B EA R IN G S .

Take a bearing of a lighthouse or other Object an d draw this b ear on a an s a sa a or so an d a an ing the ch rt ; then run y di t nce , y mile , t ke other bearing of the same object an d draw this b earing on the chart a so ou r an one ee two a o l . Then if y mile betw n the be rings set y ur dividers to the on e- mile scale as shown on the chart ; then set yo ur so a on e o s on a of ea to dividers th t p int re ts e ch line b ring, the dividers ’ be also standing on the ship s course . The points Of the dividers will show the position s of the sh ip at each bearing .

’ 188 PiLOTs H THE LAKE ANDBOOK .

h high ; therefore by the table printed below it would be visible , with t e u a s at a a a e of . o eye l ke level , dist nc miles But y h ve seen thi

o th e o a 3 0 a o a e . light fr m bridge Of y ur ste mer, feet b ve l ke l vel By again referring to the table printed below y oufind that 3 0 feet brings a distance of by adding th e two results together and you get th e distance from light as follows : miles . Atmospheric conditions m ay sometimes increase or diminish th e distances of visi b il ity .

DECK AND ENGINE ROOM SIGNALS .

es Gr eat Lak .

1 or 1 Go a ad whistle bell , he 1 or 1 o whistle bell , St p 2 whistles or 2 bells Back 3 whistles or 3 bells Check

4 or 4 . o whistles bells , .Str ng

T wo whistles or two bells shall always mean back irrespective of other signals given .

cean n a s O Sig l .

1 ar e o e a o bell , if engines st pp d , Ahe d sl w a o a e Jingle bell dditi n l , Full spe d 1 o o bell , if under full speed , Sl w d wn 2 e to b lls , if under full speed , S p 2 ar e o e n o bells , if engines st pp d , Aster sl w a o al n d Jingle bell dditi n , Aster full spee ’ TH E A PILOTs 189 L KE HANDBOOK .

e o a s o or at e one a a s o Wheth r g ing stern l w full sp ed , bell lw ys t ps

th e engine .

in ee th e n o If runn g under full sp d , e gineer receives f ur quick bells , it will be understood as a signal Of emergency an d the engines will be n reversed a d sent full speed astern without waiting for the jingle bell .

HAND LEAD LINE .

2 a strips le ther .

3 trips Of leather .

White r ag .

Red r ag . Piece of leather with a

r Blue ag .

White r ag .

Red r ag .

‘

2 knots .

DEEP SEA LEAD LINE .

10 ath o n a o o . f ms , Tucked str nd with e kn t 20 a o a two o f th ms , Tucked str nd with kn ts . 3 0 a o a t o f th ms , Tucked str nd wi h three kn ts . and so n o to 100 fathoms .

MISSISSIPPI SOUNDINGS

In sounding th e water in the Mississippi River follows

Mark twain f or 2 fath oms .

Quater twain f or 2 56 fathoms .

a f or a h o H lf twain f t ms . a f or 3 n M rk three fathoms a d so on .

NAVIGATION LAWS .

a a o a as a o a 1792 - 3 a N vig ti n l ws d pted by the United St tes in , h ve o a o been in per ti n since that date with few changes or revisions . The a o a o o o o : N o l ws c nt in the f ll wing pr visi ns vessel , unless entirely o an d o o and omcer ed a built in this c untry wh lly wned by Americ ns , is considered an American vessel having the right to be protected by the

a fla N o o . h oa Americ n g . f reign vessel is permitted to engage in t e c st 190 ’ E PiLOTs N DBO . THE LAK HA OK .

ing trade , the same extending from Atlantic to Pacific . American ves sels ar e no longer considered as such if even a part own er (with a few a n exceptions ) resides abroad . Tr nsfer of a American vessel to foreigners prohibits it from ever again sailing under th e American

fla . an a a an a a o o g If Americ n vessel m kes y rep irs in f reign p rt , duty must be paid on the value of all such repairs on her return to this ur co . a of o o o o untry The rep iring f reign vessels in p rts , with f reign o a a f r o o a a a . o m teri ls , is pl ced under restricti ns M teri ls the c nstructi n of f or o a m a o of vessels f reign tr de y be imp rted free duty , but the duty must be paid if the vessel engages f or more than two months a year a m a oa at o f in the coasting trade . Americ n vessels y unl d any p rt o d o o can on a elivery in the cust ms district , but f reign vessels ly disch rge

th eir cargoes at a port of entry, which is a certain designated port in

E o r each customs district in the United States . xcepti ns a e made when

ar e a oa a or a a . they l den with c l , s lt , simil r merch ndise in bulk

THE SCIENCE OF MODERN NAVIGATION . Navigation is the ar t Of finding the geographical location of a ves at sea o o to te of v o sel , the m st direct c urse be s ered in pursuit the y a e n d n t a a o a . g , the dist ce be m de — There ar e two branches Of the ar t d ead - reckoning an d Ob serva

Navigation by dead - reckoning consists in actually measuring th e c o r an d a a th e an d o o u ses dist nces s iled by ship , fr m them c mputing n e nd o o the distance a d direction from the port l ft a to the p rt s ught. Navigation by observation consists in measuring the angular alti of a od a o o o an d o o o tude celesti l b ies b ve the h riz n , c mputing the p siti n of the ship by the application of astronomical an d mathematical laws .

The problems of dead -reckoning ar e solved by plane trigonometry ; s o o those of observation by spherical trigonometry . But a the trig n metrical data ar e al l provided in th e tabl es printed in epitomes of nav ' i ation th e a n ot e to a a h an r g , m riner is r quired be cqu inted wit y highe

mathematics than simple arithmetic .

s in a - o ar e o a l o and The in truments used de d reck ning the c mp ss , g ,

- a o lead line . The comp ss shows the directi n in which the ship is h l o r traveling ; t e g measures the speed o the distance . The lead is used when on soundings to meas ure the depth of water an d ascertain a a of o o . a a to a o the ch r cter the b tt m These d t , referred the ch rt , thr w ’ a a on of v lu ble light the question the ship s position . Approaching a oa a or on a a o th e a n c st in thick we ther , d rk , cl udy night , le d is the av ’ i ator s a g m in reliance .

’ 192 P iLOTs AN THE LAKE H DBOOK. and in such manner that its position above th e earth m ay be deter m ined f or an y given instant of time ; an d suppose that at a certain moment an Observer with a sextant an d watch measure s the altitude — — o f the bi d that is its angu a height above th e horizon and si ul tan r , l r m ousl N ow a s n th e a h e y records th e time. t ke a a center th e point o e rt v a o t o o o th e o o ertic lly bel w the bird , his p int being kn wn fr m p siti n as t and o a a a given by the ime ; fr m th t center dr w series of circles . If we consider an y of these circles it m ay be seen that from every point o f its circumference th e bird will appear at the same angular distance a o th e o o at a e on e b ve h riz n the given inst nt ; further, ther will be c os e o ai our v and r o ircle wh e circumferenc c nt ns Obser er, f m e very p oint of that circumference the altitude of th e bird will be that h o a w ich he measured . It is theref r e cle r that the observation h as r esulted in locating the ob server upon on e Of a series of p oints which l ie upon a certain circumference ; but it h as n ot defined th e particular

o . o a o a o a or p int If, h wever, there is n ther bird flying in kn wn tr ck , if o a a o o o a the bserver w its while the first bird ch nges p siti n s mewh t, he m ay Observe a second altitude an d draw another circle that also

takes in the position ; then h e will know that he is at one of the. two o o f or at a t on p ints where th se circles intersect , if he is the s me ime b oth circles these ar e the only places at which the condition is ful

fi ed . sea oo and a a a s of th e s ll At , the sun , m n st rs t ke the pl ce bird w a a o ith which we have just been de ling . The ltitude f a celestial body is measure d with the sextant and the time is noted with the c o o o o o o a a a o hr n meter ; the chr n meter c rrecti n being pplied , the n vig t r o a a at o a o was a kn ws the ex ct inst nt which the bserv ti n t ken , which , o th e o a o a a a a o fr m inf rm ti n given in the N utic l Alm n c , defines the p si t o of o v ed od a o to a th a a o i n the bser b y with rel ti n the e r , t king cc unt both Of the daily rotation of the earth about its axis and of its annual o a o a o and a o a o a c r t ti n b ut the sun ; h ving l c ted the b dy, cir umference m a be a a of th e a y determined which will , like th t in the c se bird , t ke in all positions at which th e Observed altitude is possible ; so also m ay a second circumference be determined either by a second celestial b o or a o at a a and o of th e dy by the s me b dy l ter time , the intersecti n two o o of th e a o a of circles will give the p siti n ship , due ll w nce being c ourse made in case there h as been a change of position between the two sights .

Practically it is never necessary to deduce the whole circle f or th m a a a a h th e e circumference y be very l rge , t king in perh ps alf o a ato o o out an ar e a t gl be ; the n vig r need nly w rk few miles in leng h , ’ f or the vessel s position is always known within narr ow limits from the ea r o f or a a aso th an d d eck ning ; simil r re n , ere is never y question in ’ ILOT N DB 193 THE LAKE P s HA OOK .

’ the navigator s min d as to which of the two intersection s represent the true position . When the body observ ed is on the meridian the problem assumes a o and an a a th e a simple f rm , hence it is inv ri ble rule , if we ther is c a to a an o a o of a a a le r , t ke bserv ti n the sun when it tt ins its m ximum ’ a at oo an d to o a to a e an d ltitude n n , w rk up the d y s run th t tim begin anew the dead r eckoning .

a o m a f or o a o o r ov id Any he venly b dy y be used bt ining p siti n , p ing it shows with sufficient clearness to be observe d through the sextant , an d providing also that the horizon is in sight . Sights Of th e sun ar e more generally used th an those of other heavenly bodies ; indeed there ar e some navigators that seldom employ others ; but in th e fast moving modern steamers it is almost imperative to find th e o o o a o s a o p siti n m re frequently th n is p ssible by u ing the sun l ne , an d so the stars and planets (an d occasionally the moon) ar e called into service . Of course it is understood that it is n ot possible to take Ob ser v ations during foggy or cloudy weather ; the navigator must then fall back on his dead reckoning . And f or this reason there ar e many ’ that argue against th e finding of a ship s position by Observation n a a o the Great Lakes . They cl im th t a ship will sometimes run the entire length of a lake and not have a favorable Opportunity f or a a and t a a a o a a t king sight, h t n vig t rs th t pl ce much dependence in th e taking of observations will not be as sure of th emselves as if they h ad put their whole time to a th orough system Of dead reckon n a a o wh o o o i g . But the n vig t r is th r ugh enough to believe that it is necessary f or him to know everything about the science of navi ation o to Z o a m an of tw g , fr m A , will be the m st c reful the o .

LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE .

Geographical terms used in specifying the position of places on h ’ t e earth s surface .

Latitude. Latitude is the angular distance Of a place north or south of the e quator .

on e L gitud . Longitude is the angle at the pole between two great circles ’ d a on a a a o o an d o r wn the e rth s surf ce , p ssing thr ugh the p les , t uching respectively th e place whose longitude is in question an d the place s elected as the origin of longitude . ’ 194 TH E E p ILOTs LAK HANDBOOK .

LONGITUDE AN D TIME:

a on ax o 24 o a is an i e The e rth turns its is nce in h urs ; th t , ent r ° c or 3 60 of o t a e ca a s ircumference , l ngi ude , p ss s under the verti l r y ’ of 24 o a o the sun in h urs . When the sun s r ys ar e thus vertical n a ’ e a 12 o o oo at r a on a a an d m ridi n , it is cl ck n n eve y pl ce th t meridi n ; e th e a o to a oo h as a f or at sinc e rth turns fr m west e st , n n p ssed th d a at a a of a an d at a t oo h as y pl ces e st the meridi n , pl ces wes Of it n n not yet come .

° ° A r o tation of 3 60 in 2 4 hours 15 in 1 hour .

5 ° ' in m ’ 1 or 900 60 in utes 15 1 m in ute .

’ " " 15 o r 900 in 60 seco nd s 15 1 second .

a a a of o or Th t is , the e rth , in given number h urs , minutes , e o o a o 15 as a ee or s c nds , r t tes thr ugh times m ny degr s , minutes , sec ond s of o , l ngitude , respectively .

MERIDIAN A N D STANDARD TIME .

a a o o at an o 4 A w tch th t sh ws c rrect time y given p int, is o at a o on e e a an d 4 a at a o minutes sl w p int d gree e st, minutes f st p int on e degree west .

T o e ffi a a oa of r medy this di culty , the princip l r ilr ds the United a an d a a a 1883 a o e of o f St tes C n d , in , d pted the tim f ur di ferent merid ° r ians , 15 apart , as the standard time f o four sections embracing the entire width of both countries . The most eastern of thes e is the

° meridian of 75 west O-f Greenwich ; th e others being the meridians of 105 ° an d

All places between th e Atlantic coast an d a line extending from o t o s a a an d Detr i thr ugh Pitt burg , Wheeling, P rkersburg, August a 75th a a E a a s o . Ch rle t n h ve the time Of the meridi n , c lled stern Time

All places between th e western boundary of the E astern Time o an d a o a o o a o secti n line fr m Bism rck thr ugh N rth Pl tte , D dge City , th of o a of 9oth a a . to e etc , City Mexic h ve the time the meridi n , c lled a a E a a e on e o . Centr l Tim , h ur e rlier th n stern Time

o o o a o h as of th e l o5th R ughly, the R cky M unt in regi n the time a 2 o a a E a an d a o ain meridi n, h urs e rlier th n stern Time , c lled M unt an d th e a o h as th e 120th a 3 time ; P cific sl pe the time Of meridi n , a a E a an d a a o . h urs e rlier th n stern Time , c lled P cific Time

’ I 195 THE LAKE P LOTS HANDBOOK . — APPARENT AN D MEAN TIME T H E EQUATION .

a o n a t at o App rent time is that sh wn by the su . Me n time is h sh wn by the clock .

The equation Of time is th e diff erence between them .

a o on a o e 24 o and t o a The e rth rev lves its xis nc in h urs , he retic lly ’ the sun crosses th e meridian of an y given place at precisely 12 o clock

a d a d a of a not so. an oo . a e e ch y , it is then n n As m tt r f ct this is a o n ot o at a o a of and con se The e rth d es rev lve unif rm r te speed , quently sometimes th e sun is a little ahead of time an d again it is b e hind . o N ow y ou cannot manufacture a cl ck which will run that way . o al l b e a a e an d a Its h urs must Of ex ctly the s me l ngth, it must m ke ’ o noon at precisely 12 O cl ck every d ay . Hence we distinguish clock time from sun time by calling th e former m ean (or average) time a e an d the latter app r nt.

o c o o o e a Y ur hr n meter sh ws Gr enwich me n time . o Your cabin clock should sh w loc al mean time . o a a a The sun always gives l c l pp rent time .

CIRCULAR MEASURE .

i 60 seco nd s 1 m nute ,

1 e ee 60 m inutes d g r ,

d r 1 c r cu f e e ce 3 60 eg ees i m r n ,

e Note 1. If the circumfer nce of a circle be divided into 3 60 r c equal parts or arcs , each a is a degree ; 90 of these arcs ar e equal to 94 the entire circumference .

o 2 o an N te , If fr m the ends Of ar c of lines be drawn to th e

of th e a a e center circle , right ngl o F o will be f rmed . ur r ight angles occupy al l the angular extension a o r und the center of the circle.

° ° o 3 . a of 1 a a a an ar c of 1 a s N te An ngle is lw ys the s me, but v rie as h e of a 1° in length t size the circle v ries . An ar c of th e circumfer ence of the earth at th e equator h as a length of miles very a an d 1 a to a e a o ne rly minute is equ l miles , c ll d ge graphical or nautical mile . ’ 196 P ILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

r an M e idi .

o o Any great circle of a sphere passing thr ugh the p les . a The Prime meridian is the on e from which longitude is me sured .

In 1882 the United States Congress passed a j oint resolution auth or iz in g the president to call an international conference to fix and recommend f or universal adoption a common prime meridian to be o o an d a o o o used in reck ning l ngitude , in the regul ti n Of time thr ugh ut

o . o as a o to l st the w rld The c nference sembled in W shingt n , Oc ber , 1884 a - o . Deleg tes representing twenty six c untries were present , but n ot a to a a o o a an they were ble gree un nim usly up n prime meridi . Ho o of a o a o o of En a wever, m st them f v red the d pti n Greenwich, gl nd , of o a as the origin l ngitudes . The French deleg tes represented the only important nation that would n ot agree ; and at present Fr ench an d a a o o o al o authorities n vig t rs still reck n fr m Paris . But l ther o a a o now o o an d imp rt nt n ti ns c unt fr m Greenwich , in this number ar the United States e included .

z m A i uth . h A point in t e horizon .

In astronomy the azimuth Of a heavenly body is the angle meas ur ed a o o o o and o o t an d a o n l ng the h riz n between the n rth s uth p in , p i t where a circle pas sing through the zenith an d the body cuts th e horizon .

Z n e ith .

at o a a o a Th p int in the he vens th t is directly verhe d the observer .

r z n Ho i o . The circular line formed by the apparent meeting of earth an d

Am plitude.

a a a of a a o at of The ngul r dist nce he venly b dy , the time its rising or o a or o of o o n setting, fr m the e stern western p int the h riz n . Whe t a o e. a of . o the sun is in the equ t r (i , the time either equin x) it a an d a o at th e rises exactly e st sets ex ctly west . Theref re this time a t amplitude Of the sun is 0. His mplitude is a the maximum in mid summer an d again in midwinter . The amplitude of a fixed star r e mains the same all the year around .

’ 198 Pi LOTs H B THE LAKE AND OOK .

T T HE BAROME ER . The most difficult part in the study of th e barometer is getting th e o a te a m on s first insight int it. M ny give up in disgust af r few th a an d o a a m en tri l c nclude th t it is very uncertain instr ument . We ther . m ay smile at my unscientific way of putting things but my rem ar ks ar e f or a wa a o as intended the beginner , put in y th t I h pe will be e ily ood underst by the beginner .

Of the many books an d papers that ar e written on the barom eter an d f o f the study o the weather, I d o n ot know of on e that is the

al to a of e o to h im least v ue the beginner . M ny th m serve nly puzzle an d a a oo an d a c as o fter re ding these b ks w t hing his gl s , he w nders h ow he is to tell whether his barometer is falling f or rain or wind b e or r ising f or fine weather or easterly or northerly weather . My a as a o of at a o a o lief is th t , f reteller we her in itself l ne , the b r meter is of no value to anyone ; but closely watched in conjunction with the and a at th e a a N O oo can b e wind r in time , it is very v lu ble . g d results obtained with the barometer without the use of a thermometer an d b y a a o to a and o e of atm o h er e p ying strict ttenti n the w rmth c ldn ss the w . The first step in the study of th e barometer should b e to kn o w an d h ow o m exactly what a barometer is it is c nstructed . The baro eter an r f or as of a m o h e is simply inst ument me uring the weight the t sp er . a o o ar e an d n o or s ar e a oa n When we ther c nditi ns perfect st m ppr chi g , the pressure of the atmosphere in this part of the country will b e 1 o to a e . a at e about 14 {0 p unds the squ r inch Inequ lities in temper ur cause the air to flow away from a certain part an d the pressure is r e

‘ as a flow a an d e so air i l d uced . Just w ter will b ck find its lev l , the w l s a to fil l a nd a v a th e ru h b ck up the v cuum , a the gre ter the cuum , fil l air to . o a stronger will be the rush it This m ving is c lled win d . T h e barometer measures th e weight Of the atmosphere an d in th i s o a a o was on e i way storms ar e foretold . The rigin l b r meter n whic h o of ai a the height of a c lumn mercury, sust ned by tmospher ic p res And a o su e was the measure used . th ugh the Aneroid a o e e is r , l b r m t r o o th e a a o the on e most c mm nly used , mercuri l b r meter is still taken a a f or a o a o as th e only reliable st nd rd ex ct bserv ti ns . T h e n orm al o a o pressure of the atmosphere will h ld c lumn Of mercury up in a o a o glass tube just 3 0 inches . Theref re—the gl ss c lumn Of th e o riginal . s a Off in a o 2 5 t wa o 3 1 , barometer m rked inches re ding fr m up , T h e pressure of the atmosphere would never lower the column to less th an a it to o a 2 5 inches an d would never r ise m re th n 3 1 inches ; T h e ef o e — r r of o a Off. sa e wa f om 2 the face the Aner id is m rked in the m y r , 5 to 3 1 ,

a r e o The Aneroid baro meter is F nch inventi n. T h e o uts ide c as e ’ TH E PILOTs A 199 LAKE H NDBOOK .

b uilt ~ of r a an d o m of an o ar a a o a is b ss in the f r rdin y l rm cl ck, with a an d a o n f h o a . s an d a e to a o di l p inter its f ce In ide , f sten d the b ck t is as o a c a a b ox a o a a o o b x . c e is cir ul r met l , b ut the sh pe Of tin sh e p lish of ox r o o The sides this little b a e corrugated t make it m re elastic .

t i - H av The air is forced ou of th is b ox an d it is then soldered a r tight . no air o air o a two ing inside , the utside pressure w uld c use the sides of b ox to o t e e e a o ed b ut ar e e this press t ge her if th y w r ll w , they k pt a apart by a strong spring . This spring connects with a mech nism that operates the index hand an d when th e pressure Of the air increas es or t o a b ox co ac or a diminishes , the sides Of the li tle c rrug ted ntr t exp nd a e o a of an d a a or o . the index h nd will r ise l wer As s id b f re , the f ce a o a a at 2 5 the di l is divided int seven p rts , c lled inches , beginning r a o an d reading up to 3 1. These inches a e ag in subdivided int ten o 1 a f a as 1 2 a an d a to 10. o p rts m rked fr m But inste d re ding these , , 3 etc t o l a as 10 20 3 0 th e a o , hey sh u d be re d , , , etc , If index h nd p ints to 4 29 and 3 0 a a e o the figure , between , it re ds In the l k regi n a the hand usually works between the figures 29 an d 3 0. Only few times during the season Of navigation will the hand point below th e 29; very rarely reaching as l ow as The hand never points from th e 3 0 a o to th e an d to 2 8 a of figure r und right up , in this p rt the ‘ ’ ‘ ’ ‘ ’ ‘ ’ a a n e o . th e o to a a d c untry And w rds, s rmy, r in , ch nge , f ir , v ry dry , ar e no and o not on a a o as t a of Of use sh uld be put b r meter , in his p rt o al l of a th e h a o a o o the c untry in kinds we ther, nd w rks lm st wh lly ‘ ’ o o a of under the w rd change . In s me p rts the world the air pressure varies a little an d then some of the other figures on th e barometer a o can a o can be used . The b r meter ls be used f or measuring th e of o a as air as o heights m unt ins the pressure gets less we g up . The barometer hand will fall about on e-tenth of an inch f or each 100 feet of F r a th e a o a 3 0 at a . o e a e of a scent x mple , if b r meter re ds the b s hill , it o a an a of 100 h ad a w uld re d when scent feet been m de . N ow as a o en a o o ar f t an no s id bef re , wh we ther c nditi ns e per ec d “ o ar e a oa air a o t 14 i o to st rms ppr ching, the pressure is b u I t, p unds a a o o a or a the squ re inch . The b r meter sh uld then re d very ne r S f a o a a to l y . The first ign o c ming ch nge is when the h nd begins ar e o a a a lower . Beginners ften puzzled by the st tement th t the h nd f or o e an d f or o an d a t lowers s uth rly winds rises n rtherly e s erly winds . They cannot understand h ow a barometer can rise f or both fine n d a a e a a n weather a e sterly g l s . I h ve w tched the barometer a d the weather closely f or a goo d many years an d my experience h as been a a a o o o e ou an a th t b r meter must first l wer, bef r y will get y kind Of o a h as fine f or a a an d ar o st rm . If we ther been sever l d ys the b meter h as been standing at about the proper place a rise will not ’ 200 T H E LAK E r m orr s A N DBOOK H .

et r r r th r or m w h r d e th o on f or ell easte ly o no e ly st y eat e . Un r e ab ve c d itions I have seen th e bar om eter go h igher an d higher until it po inted t lm n h w e w h w u too o a ost 3 0 a d stil t e eat as er ect. e as , l h r p f T re j st m th m r r on th e uch air at that place an d e b ar o eter egiste ed it. But o h e and if a e was er e an d th e h a d b a t t r h , the we th r p f ct n eg n o get l o r an d o r n l m i b e as l ow as r we l we u ti it g ht o even d own to 2 9, an d h th o an d at all e e h ar ia ee t en wi ut y win xc pting lig t v ble br zes , the h a e i s to i a o u can sa oo out f or ast o m nd b g n r se r pidly, y fely l k e erly st r s . Th e severity of the coming stor m can be judged by th e amount Of fall Of a and th e o t of its a an d r t the h nd vel ci y f ll ise . Oft en h e worst part Of th e gale is raging even while th e h and h as r eturned to But in o of s e a r al th e a d a t to a m st the e sev re e ste ly g es h n , f er rising hig h oi a a o to a r l ow o h i is o . a o S n p nt will g in l wer , Often ve y p int T s g d ig

a th e a e a an d o o om th e or - th t g l will b ck up bl w str ngly fr n th west . N ow th e storm s that ar e most commonly met with on the Great Lakes ar e those that begin in the southward an d end up in the west or north t a a h or ar e n o wes , As gener l t ing, severe st ms , t met with during Ma an d . F or a a th m o t of y , June , July Aug ust ex mple we will t ke e n h u t o o ar o n a a o . o a Aug s , (by s me c lled d ubtful m nth) Y ur b meter is f lli g o an d ou sl wly at midnight rain sets in an d continues until d aylight. Y r a o e h as a to and ounow a or A b r met r f llen y find it ste dy rising. o t e a a as ou e a eas and fin e sh rt im fterw rd , y exp cted , the r in will c e a weather will come again . But if your find your barometer falling r pidly and in th e o a a ou m a e a ed a il the wind s uthe st qu rter , y y r st ssur th t it w l a o to o t o a a and of a an d m unt s me hing m re th n r in , by the depth its f ll a a ou can o of o the r pidity with which it f lls , y judge the f rce the c ming an d a o as o a a . westerly g le The wind the r in will b th incre e, pr b bly o t changing now to so uth an d getting warmer . The wind now dies u

a a a oes an d the rain comes in torrents . With this de d c lm the h nd g lower an d lower (in ordinary gales the hand wil go as l ow as in o a e severe gales it goes to and in some cas es still l wer . I h v seen the hand go down to This gr eath depth is reached prob u h o of a a o ably only once d ring t e seas n n vig ti n . ) A sudden clearing up in the west will S h ow the direction from which the worst part of T h e a e o o o o b e the gale will come . g le th n c mmences fr m s me p int o and o a a e e a s tween southwest an d n rth bl ws dry g l whil the sky cle r .

‘ N o settled weather can come until the hand h as reached its normal

‘ a e out an d a o r position of or higher . If the g l dies the b r mete o o or to an d t o h as risen t nly even up hen st pped rising , u a th e a to a and in yo c n expect g le return , perh ps suddenly with

e t o o . th e creased force . And here is wh re the herm meter c mes in If o a o o o a therm meter rises , the returning g le will c me fr m the s uthw rd ,

’ 202 P iLOT s A THE LAKE H NDBOOK .

on N et T nage. N et tonnage is derived from gross tonnage by deducting th e c a acit of al l a s n ot or a a of f or a o or p y sp ce used , c p ble being used, c rg a p ssengers .

‘ ’ In the United States th e term enrollment is used with referen ce ‘ ’ to a oa an d o a ar e e o vessels eng ged in the c sting h me tr de, which nr lled ‘ ’ o o o a r e T h e tw m while th se empl yed in f reign tr de a e regist red . o na es ar e to two e a used merely distinguish between the c rtific tes .

am an s Se hip .

a a e and ar t of m an euv Se m nship is the sci nce rigging , equipping,

an d a a or oa all o o . ring, h ndling ship b t under c nditi ns

en Ar ticles of Agr eem t . Shipping articles ar e articles of agreement between the master of a an d a a a on oa a to a ship se m n serving b rd her in reg rd w ges , leng th of e of ce servic , kind servi , etc .

s Tide .

Tides ar e caused by the gravitational attraction or pull of th e oo o a oo m n up n the w ter . When the m n is directly over a place it pulls the water under it an d this tends to heap up a tidal wave direc t l oo y under the m n .

There ar e no tides on the lakes . of a ood The rising the tide is c lled the fl Of the tide . a i f a of th The f ll ng o the tide is c lled the ebb e tide .

r a F id y .

A d ay of the week once held in superstitious awe by seamen . They believed that to start a voyage on Friday would bring calamity s n d o a a o a own to both ve sel a crew . H wever sever l ste mship c mp nies ing pas senger steamers have adopted F riday as the regular sailing

d ay f or their steamers .

- Jim m y Squar e Foot .

’ o a f or e A sail r s n me the d vil .

’ A FEW SAILORS PHRASES FOR THE BEGINNER .

— o f ABAFT In the directi n o the stern . — E o o . ABR AST Side by side , pp site — l A Y A te used in ailing a ves se . HO —rm h AMIDSHIPS Any place on or below decks that is in the center of

W e e to e or a . the vessel , hether in ref renc the l ngth bre dth ’ T E A E BILOT s 203 H L K HANDBOOK . — ANCHOR LIGHTS Lanterns hoisted on each end of a vessel when ly to n r o ing a ancho o at a d ck . — r ANCHOR WATCH A sailor is standing his anchor watch when he is on t an o duty when the vessel is a anch r . — o ATHWART Fr m side to side . — ‘ ’ ‘ ’ An or d to a as a a a u a . AVAST er ce se , v st he ving v st h ling, etc E —T o a a I‘ O e a to a or o B LAY m ke p f st pin ther Object. E — a of a o IGHT Any p rt r pe except the ends . E— a a o o of a e a t BILG Th t p rt Of the b tt m v ssel th t is next o the keel . — E A a of oo or a for th e o a to BINNACL st nd w d br ss c mp ss rest in . — BITTS Perpendicular timbers f or making lines fast to (often cal led ti a mber he ds . )— BOX ING T H E COMPASS Calling off the names of the 3 2 points of

the compass .

E — a o a o a of th e BULKH ADS P rtiti ns dividing v ri us p rts vessel . — BULWARKS Th e fence built around the vessel over the covering a bo rd . ’ E — a f or BUNK RS Ap rtments the steamer s fuel . —A a f or a o o as cat- a BURTON t ckle used v ri us purp ses , such he ding the a o nch r, etc . —T o T o o a . e oa o CAULK st p le ks driv kum int the seams . (Generally

pronounced cork . ) EE — a a o on a to a CAR N When —vessel l ys ver her side she is s id c reen . CENTRE BOARD The board which works up an d down in the center oa b ox a o a a o b rd , p ssing thr ugh n rr w Opening in the keel o to a o f a vessel . It is lowered keep vessel fr m drifting

sideways (to l eeward) when running without cargo.

EA E— a a to a on o a CL RANC When vessel is re dy st rt her v y ge, the ‘ customs Oflicer must furnish her with a clearan ce docu t o not a to a o t men with ut which she must ttempt le ve p r . E — two o o of a e a an d a o CL W The l wer c rners squ r s ils , the fter l wer

- n - t- corner Of a fore a d af sail . — CLINKE R A style of building boats in which the lower edges of one t o o plank Overlap th e op edge f the one bel w it .

S— ak oa ar e th e o -an d -aft a COAMING Strictly spe ing, c mings f re fr mings th e a a an d a ar e a in h tchw ys , the thw rtship pieces he d

ledges , but the name coam ing is commonly applied to the

a a e o a o t o entire r ised fr m w rk b u the penings in the deck . E —A a to a a sea- o DAVY JON S title pplied mythic l devil , wh m is sup to a a of all a o a posed t ke ch rge s il rs after de th . ’ — DAVY JONES LOCKE R Infernal regions at the bottom of the sea o where Davy Jones holds c urt . ’ 204 TH E A PILOTs H L KE ANDBOOK . — E H o a o of s l D AD LIG TS R und thick gl ss wind ws in the side the ves e . ’ — E A o o oo as o f or a o D VIL S CL—AW str ng ir n h k used st pper the nch r . A a b a on oa to o n DITTY BAG sm ll g used shipb rd h ld needles , twi e ,

. etc . — E E A o to b o offi NROLLM NT d cument issued vessels y the cust ms cers . — E VE N KEE L When a vessel is evenly balanced in the water she is a to e o an s id st n even keel . — r FALSE KE E L A timber fastened underneath the main keel of som e — a on oc vessels gene lly ean vessels . — r FID A pointed piece Of hard wood used as a marlin spike f or splicing a r O es l rge p . — H a o oo to a ar m of a o FISH OOK The l rge ir n h k used c tch the the nch r , an d a e to th e a by which the fluke is r is d r il . H T E — a a an o FIS ACKL The t ckle used in r ising anch r . — e a oa on a FLOTSAM Wr ck ge fl ting the w ter . — of a a of a FLYING JIB One the he d s ils vessel . — FOR E The forward part of a vessel ; anything in the direction of th e

head of the ship .

R E — o a of o th e FO FOOT The f rw rd extremity the keel , up n which

stem Of the vessel rests . — FOR E - PEAK The part of th e vessel below decks which is close t o

the stem . — FOR E CASTLE The compartment in the forward part of a vessel in

which th e seamen sleep . — FRE E BOARD The distance from the covering board to th e water

line . — FUR L T O roll up or secure a sail or awning .

— - - GAFF A spar which pr ojects abaft a mast an d to which a fore an d af t

sail is bent . — ’ GALLE Y A ship s kitchen . — GANGWAY The opening or door through the bulwarks .

R R E — of a to GA BOA D STRAK The first line pl nking next the keel . — GRAPNE L A small anchor with three or four prongs used f or drag ging on th e bottom of the lake or sea an d finding los t a rticles .

— o o o - GUNWALE The rail of a small b at (pr n unced gun nel . )

H R — ac f or o an d o r a a et ALYA DS T kles used h isting l we ing s ils , y rds , c . — ‘ ’ HAR D-OVE R The helm is hard - over when it is put either way as f ar

as it will go . — ’ HAWSE PIPE A n iron pipe in a vessel s b ow throug h which th e

anchor chain runs . — a a f or a a o JACK The univers l n me s il r .

’ 206 T E PIL Ts D H LAKE O H AN BOOK .

—A h oo sh h as two c o MOOR s ip is m red when e an h rs down. —A a to a OFFING —dist nce se ward . OUT BOARD The outb oard S ide of a vessel is the side away from th e

dock . — PALM A shield f or the hand which acts as a thimble f or th e sailo r

when sewing canvass .

R CE —T o a of PA L w strips canvass around ope . — r p r PINTLE The bolt projecting from the bottom of a rudder an d throug h

the sh oe .

HE E R — o oa PLANK S S The c vering b rd . — - a a oo o PORT The left h nded side Of vessel l king f rward . — PORT TACK The vessel is on her port tack when th e wind is blow on h er o e a wa ing p rt side wh n she is be ting her y . —A n f or a a QUADRANT instrument me suring ltitudes . ’ E — a a of a a QUART R Th t p rt vessel s side ne r the stern . ’ E— a o of a RA The inclin ti n vessel s spars or smoke stack . K — RATLINS Ropes acting as rounds of the ladder that is for med b y h t e rigging .

E EF —T o o a a t R f ld up p rt Of sail is o reef it . E —A n f or RUDD R instrument steering a vessel . — SADDLE S Pieces of wood bolted on the sides Of spars to receive th e of o weight the bo m j aws . — S CUPPE RS Holes cut through the bulwarks or through th e covering oa to a o a to off b rd ll w w ter run the decks . S E —A a a ’ CUTTL sm ll h tch in a vessel s deck . ’ E —T h c S AMS e spa es between the planks of a vessel s sides and decks .

S E E E— o a n a o a o LVAG R pe y r s m de int str p . S E — o o NNIT R pe yarn r spun yarn braided . — SE RVE The act of covering a rope by winding small line or yarns a o r und it .

— a of an a o SHANK The m in piece nch r . ’ S HE — u a of a an d a AR The pw rd curve vessel s decks r ils . E ' E — f o SH AV The wheel within the shell o a bl ck . S E E — o u H P SHANK The kn t sed f or S hortening a rope . — ’ SHE E R STR AKE The line of planking on a vessel s side upon which o oa the c vering b rd rests . — o SHROUDS The stays or guys that supp rt the masts . ’ E HTS — o o SID LIG The vessel s c l red lights . — S IGNAL HALYARDS The small halyards running to the tops of th e f or o a r a a o . sp rs , used h isting sign ls fl gs R E — a f o SI N One kind Of g whistle . E R — SKIPP The captain . ’ H E A PILOTs H BO 207 T L KE AND OK .

— a i STARBOARD TACK A vessel . is on the starboard t ck when she s

beating with th e wind on her starboard side . — a STAYSAILS Sails which ar e hoisted on st ys . — T e o r STROK E OAR Th e oarsman wh o sits nearest the stern . h the

oarsmen keep time with him . R —T h e a a on a o SU F w ves bre king shelving sh re , — T o s TACK T o go about . o turn the b at o as to get the wind on th e op it pos e side.

E—A a of r o s an d o o o t cl e e a . TACKL purch se w bl cks . Pr n unc d y AF L—Th e a a o th of a T FRAI r il r und e stern vessel . — a o f o a TARPA—ULIN Canv ss c verings r h tches . TAUT Tight . — THOLE PINS Pins fitting in holes in the gunwales of boats to keep a o o r o f or a th e o rs in p siti n when wing . Used the s me pur o as o o p se r wl cks . — o THROAT Th e inner end of a gait where th e throat block is h oked . — a t o a a o THWARTS The se ts ex ending acr ss sm ll b at. E — b ar o a of th e TILL R The fitted int the he d rudder, by turning which o the rudder is m ved . E E — o f or a a to TIMB R H ADS P sts m king lines f st . — T PS DE S Th e sides Of a ve sel fro th e wate line to the bulw ks I s a . O — m r r TRES TLE TREES Th e timbers that support the cross trees on a

spar . — a o o of a TRIATIC STAY The wire st y c nnecting the t ps sp rs . —A o e of oo on a of a a TRUCK r und piec w d the pe k sp r, just under the

ball . — UNFURL T O unroll . — WA E T h e t ack left by a s ip . K r — h WATCH TACKLE A handy tackle formed of a double and single

block . — E ED a h a a oa o WAT RLOGG When vessel is filled wit w ter, yet fl t wing to o a of a o a d to a the bu y ncy her c rg , she is s i be w ter o l gged .

WE E E — o on ATH R SID The side the wind bl ws . — o WHEEL . HOUSE The house c ntaining th e wheel that steers th e v esseL

— ‘ ’ WIND A SHIP TO wind a ship means to put her head where her as stern w . — e m a a th e a c o WINDLASS Th c ine t t lifts n h . — h h r VVIN G a a t - Of th e o e to th e Th t p r h ld n xt side . ’ — i o a YAWL BOAT G enerally a s hip s l fe b t. ’ 2 08 Pi LOT s THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

WAVES .

The height Of a wave is measured from trough to crest an d though

a as o of a a a to o o t w ves seen fr m the deck vessel ppe r be en rm us , heir a o -e a o to th height is gener lly ver stim ted . Acc rding e Scientific Ameri can an o a a on o a a a om , in rdin ry g le the ce n in deep w ter , w ves seld ’ e 15 to 20 a a al of o a s xceed feet in height . In very he vy g e s me d y o a of o c ntinu nce they will , c urse , be much higher . One authority observed them 3 0 feet high in the North Atlanti c a o a a 22 o a B ut th e n ther me sured w ves feet in the S uth Atl ntic . . highest waves have been reported Off the Cape Of Good Hope and Cape Ho a e on a o a o o 3 0 to 4 0 rn , where they h ve been Obs rved r re cc si ns , fr m feet high . But waves of 12 to 14 feet in th e shallow waters of the lakes ar e generally more trying to vessels than the large waves in deeper a a a a a a o to s w ter , It is gener lly ssumed th t dist nce fr m crest cre t of 150 to 3 50 feet in the storm wave gives a velocity (in th e change of of o 1 t 28 n o a form) fr m 7 o miles a h ur . But wh t is required in the computation of th e velocity is the period of passage between two 500 600 w . a a to t o an d a crests Thus dist nce Of feet between crests , o of 10 to 11 o a a o of 3 4 an ou peri d sec nds, indic tes vel city miles h r .

HOW DEEP IS THE OCEAN ? O ne hundred and twenty feet is the limit fixed by the British Ad m m ir al ty to which a diver ay venture with saf ety into th e sea. It is

o a th e a E r ostab l e o al a at a true , h wever , th t gre t diver nce s ved tre sure depth Of on e hundred and seventy-on e feet and R id yar d at a depth of , on e and o a o a hundred sixty feet . One ther diver, the f m us L mbert , ’ also salved half a million dollars worth of treasure at a depth of on e an d was f or a th e hundred sixty feet , but he injured life in scending i e T e a was two e an d last t m . h deepest dive ever ttempted hundr d w o m an wh o a as too a an a e . f ur feet, but the m de it killed by r pid sc nt When compared with the measured depths of the ocean these

o a a th e a o e figures seem trifling indeed . M re th n h lf surf ce Of the gl b is hidden under water two miles deep ; seven million square miles l ie n o at a depth of eighteen thousa d feet or m re . Man y places have been a found fiv e miles and more in depth . The gre test depth yet sounded -one o a two a a of a is thirty th us nd hundred feet ne r the isl nd Gu m .

’ o E o e o a e o If M unt verest, the w rld s high st m unt in , were pluck d fr m its seat and dropped into this spot the waves would still roll two thou sand feet above its crest.

’ 2 10 TH E piLOTs H O LAKE ANDBO K .

N - S ea. o deep sea fish more than fiv e feet long h as y et been taken though this is by no means accepted as conclusive evidence that no a o es a l rger n exist . The deepest h ul in which animal life was ob tained was made by th e United States F ish Commission steam ship Albatross near the Tonga Islands at a depth of twenty-fiv e thousand or a o w . to a a t feet , ne rly five miles Ten h urs ere required m ke this c s . It seems to be established that the greater th e depth of water e o ul two the f wer the species of life in it . Yet it is not so w nder f that thousand and fifty species should be found at depths ranging from six hundred to three thousand feet against two hundred an d thirty fiv e species at depths in excess of three miles as that an y sort of life o u n o o f a a sh uld be found under s ch a en rm us weight o w ter. Str ngely o o a h a o a a a a of b ut en ugh , s me cre tures whic in sh ll w w ter tt in size “ two or three inches in diameter ar e found in the deeps two or three

a o a sea- a a om feet in di meter . S me str nge spiders h ve been t ken fr o o the lower depths with legs a foot or m re l ng. s of o a o h as o His Serene Highnes Albert I , Prince M n c , hit up n a scheme f or studying life in th e depths of the ocean which h as been as f o h successful as it is ingenious . In pursuit o his h bby , oceanog r ap y ,

a o a ed a the prince m kes l ng cruises in his y cht, which is equipp with a e a o e a o an d a a e . c mplet wh ling utfit c rries sever l exp rt wh l men Wh les , a an d o a a of ocea ar e o gr mpuses , ther l rge cre tures the n hunted in rder om a m a a wa o that the contents Of their st chs y be ex mined . In this y s me specimens that might otherwise never have been known to exist have o r h as a so o o a o al on been f und , The p ince l d ne much imp rt nt w rk g more conventional lines .

AN OLD - FASHIONED WAY OF FINDING THE LEE

WAY A VESSEL IS MAKING.

’ F r om Bar nett s Coast P ot P ub l s h ed ( il , i

Take a compass compa e it with the compas s in the binnacle , , r on aff a o o a and a a e t place it the t r il with the lubber . p int f rw rd p r ll l wi h the compass in the binnacle ; Observe the wake of the vessel ; if the a a s to a of a and vessel is m king leew y , the ves el will be leew rd her w ke a o a o e a o to o a . s the c mp ss c urs th t p ints the w ke, will sh w the leew y Thi and can o an a and a o f or l is simple be d ne in y we ther, is ne r en ugh a l

practical purposes .

- or r AURORA BOREALIS (N the n Lights. )

a to o o o to The n me given the lumin us phen men n , which is seen wards th e north by th e inhabitants Of this country and towards th e ’ r i s 2 11 THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

south by those living near that part of the earth . N o definite cause h as yet been discovered from the Northern Lights and many theories h a a a one of o a a ve been dv nced , the ldest being th t it is c used by the re fl i n of th on th f th e c o o e t s ect o e e o . sun ice Arcti regi ns H wev r, hi b n ot o out a o o o a e elief is b rne by f cts . Astr n mers pr ve connection b tween the Northern Lights and the magnetism Of the earth as when o o th e o a the N rthern Lights ccur, c mp ss needle is sometimes f a a o a ff afected . N vig t rs s iling in di erent parts Of th e world have re por ted deviations of the needle u ing a display of No thern Lights d r r .

WATER .

O — o 2 . 2 . a o 1 H Hydr gen p rts , xygen part . a at 3 2 a o Fresh w ter freezes b ve zero. Salt water freezes at 2 8 o o bel w zer . a o at 2 12 a o o a o at 2 13 Fresh w ter b ils b ve zer , s lt water b ils 96 above . Water is only slightly compressible ; it expands one eleventh when o fr zen .

ne U . S . standa d gallon of water weighs 8 pounds O r 96 . a a o ne U . S . st nd d ga l n of wate contains 23 1 cubic inc es O r l r h . ne cubic foot of water contains 172 8 cubic inches O . oo o a 7 a o One cubic f t c nt ins 96 g ll ns . ne cubic foot Of f esh wate weighs 62 pounds O r r 96 . ne cubic foot Of salt wate weighs 64 pounds O r . oo of 57 o One cubic f t ice weighs 96 p unds .

E ight cubic feet of ordina snow makes on e cubic foot w te ry of a r. ton of a o a 22 4 a o One fresh w ter c nt ins g ll ns . ne ton of f esh wate contains 3 6 cubic feet O r r .

OCEAN WATER .

cean water is salt an d h as a peculia bitte t st O r r a e.

. o of sea a A given v lume w ter will weigh more than th e same v ol um e of a fresh w ter . o of a a o a One hundred p unds ver ge ce n water contains about 3 96 f pounds o dissolved salts . th o e o a a , a o 77 Of s lids in ce n w ter b ut per cent . is common salt 1 , 0 a o 1 . 0 e cent gnesiu c ride , per cent. sul ates ces p r m m hl ph , and tra of o n early every kn wn mineral . a o of a o ea a The m unt s lt in c n w ter varies in diff erent parts of the oo of o a a o w orld . A cubic f t ce n w ter fr m th e tropics will weigh more ’ 2 12 pILOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

a a a o o o a o o ff th n the s me m unt fr m the n rth Atl ntic . N d ubt this di er a b th a o a o a th e o ence is c used y e ev p r ti n Of w ter in tr pics . Salt water ice in salt water floats with only one-ninth of its mass l n - of above water . Fresh water ice in sa t water floats with o e eighth its a o at a oa t on e m ss ab ve w er . Fresh w ter ice in fresh water fl ts wi h f tenth o its mass above water . a a It is claimed that fresh water does not readily mix with s lt w ter . ’ “ ” o to a a a of a Meteor ol off Acc rding Allingh m s M nu l M rine gy , the Amazon river fresh water is discovered floating on the surface of the o a s a f o a a ce n ever l hundreds o miles fr m the land . After he vy r ins th e water collected from the surface of the ocean h as proved to be nearly fresh . a o o a The fresh water of the St . L wrence river j oins nt the s lt water about 3 0 miles b elow Quebec ; or rather salt water first becomes notice a t ble here .

STEAM . A cubic inch of water evaporated under ordinary atmospheric o a o a p ressure is converted into one cubic fo t Of steam ( ppr xim tely) . cubic feet of steam weigh on e pound o feet Of air weigh one p und .

o a o a o 7 t o The best designed b ilers , skilfully fired , will ev p r te fr m r st- o 10 pounds Of water per pound Of fi class c al .

On on e square foot of grate can be burned on an average from 18 o oa or 10 to 12 o a oa our to 20 pounds Of s ft c l , p unds Of h rd c l , per h , o a a o a o with natural draft. With f rced dr ft ne rly d uble these m unt s can be burned . Locomotives average a consumption Of gallons of water per

100 miles run .

HORSE POWER OF ENGINES AND BOILERS .

’ The term ‘ horse power came into use with th e building of th e at th e a a a of a o to b e first engine . W t figured gener l tr veling g it h rse 44 and t a o d five miles an hour or 0 feet per minute , h t the h rse exerte o an actual power of 75 p unds in pulling the rig . Therefor e

440: 3 3 000 pounds or on e horse powe . 75 x , r The horse power of an engine is equal to lifting pounds on e foot high in on e minute . In calculating th e horse power of an engine th e general rule is to multiply together the pressure in pounds on a square inch of the pig

’ 2 14 A PILOTs H DB THE L KE AN OOK. — A SQUADRON A number of vessels of war detached from th e a a r o a t a a and a m in fleet . A squ d n is sm ller h n fleet l rger than a division . —A o of FLOTILLA fleet c mprised small vessels .

THE FASTEST ATLANTIC OCEAN PASSAGES .

S team er Lucan ia — a o 3 o to o 5 s 7 2 . Queenst wn New Y rk d y h urs , minutes

r ucan i S team e L a — N ew o to o 5 a 8 o 3 8 . Y rk Queenst wn d ys , h urs , minutes

S team er D eut sc h land — o to o 5 a 11 o 54 . Cherb urg New Y rk d ys , h urs , minutes

S team er K aise r W i lh elm Der G r oss e — Southampton to N ewYork 5 days 20 hours .

S team er K aiser W i lh elm Der G r osse — o to o t a o 5 a 17 o 8 . New Y rk S u h mpt n d ys , h urs , minutes S team er La S av oie — a to o 6 a 10 o . H vre New Y rk d ys , h urs

S team er La Lor r aine — 9 o 47 t o to a e 6 a e . New Y rk H vr d ys , h urs , minu s

PROVISIONING AN ATLANTIC LINER .

‘ ’ The following figures from the steamer Kronprinz Wilhelm show the enor ous amount of p ovisions put aboa d the big asseng er m r r p— - a o o to 7 a steamer f or a singl e one w y trip fr m New Y rk Bremen d y s .

a o . pounds fresh me ts . p unds butter

o . pounds salt beef . p unds dried fruit

h am o . pounds . p unds fresh fruit

o a o . pounds bac n . g ll ns milk a 850 o a . 506 pounds sausage . b ttles Ch mp gne a 980 o . pounds poultry . b ttles Cl ret

13 5 o a a. pounds vegetables . b ttles M deir

bottles Rhine wines . eggs .

760 o . pounds flour . b ttles rum

bottles mine al wate . pounds fresh fish . r r

600 ott . 3 3 0 pounds salt fish . b les beer

gallons beer in kegs . pounds potatoes.

42 5 tons fresh water .

’ ‘ oo From The Scientific American Reference B k .

’ 2 16 Pi LOTs THE LAKE HANDBOOK .

WHERE ARE THE GREAT CANALS

ez th e ar est an d est an e oc th e on est and th e Su L g Old , L gu d L g ,

$0 0 th e s es r fic a a e a Bu i t of A ti i l W t r w ys .

an d o a a of a s s When Tyre Sid n , the gre test m ritime cities cl s ic time , a o a an d a o a a o were h rdly m re th n settlements , th us nd ye rs bef re the a o a a o h as a . reputed f ll Of Tr y , tr diti n it th t by B C . the ncient E gyptians h ad dug a navigable ditch from the Mediterranean to the

Red S ea.

al l o a a a— o an d it Thus , in pr b bility the Suez C n l which h lds , will until the completion of the great cut through the American isth D — the palm as the greatest interoceanic waterway is historically e of al l grandfather them .

a o a 85 of not u As it st nds t d y, with its miles length , it is q ite a ol d a 1859 a L es sixty ye rs , h ving been begun in , by the Frenchm n de wh o o a . o or m seps , finished the w rk in ten ye rs Its c st , in its present f , was slightly in excess of on e hundred million dollars ; the gross tonnage a o a a o oo o o c rried thr ugh in ye r is in the neighb rh d Of fifteen milli n t ns .

The French seem to have been always foremost in real izing the a of an a f or o eo tO ' und er tak e on v lue c ls , they were the first m dern p ple a a a a of a a a a o o t a h l rge sc le system rtifici l w terw ys , th ugh m st h t t ey

- i a h ad no sea o ec o . o XIV o e m de deep c nn ti ns Under L uis , h wev r , h wa o s 1681, t e famous Languedoc cut s completed . This c nnect 1 B a of a a a an d o h as th e a e y Bisc y with the Mediterr ne n , th ugh it r th r a a of one d and - it not a sh m rk ble length hundre sixty eight miles , is

a a e too S a o to oa a a a e - c n l , b ing h ll w fl t nything l rger th n hundr d ton a b rges ,

o a o t o of a a a b etw e . Of m dern ch nnels c nnec ing b dies s lt w ter , th t the Gulf of Cor n ith an d the Gulf Of Aegina is invaluable to the citie s o o tu e E o . o of a ic r s v s uthern ur pe By its f ur miles cut , l rgely thr ugh p q l a a of a u a o a or . y ble k w lls gr nite, it red ces the dist nce fr m Adri tic p to a S ea a o one an d -fiv e an d f r : the Bl ck b ut hundred seventy miles , o

Mediterranean ports , about on e hundred miles . Like the Suez C an al

o o on ' sea- a h of t - sir it is with ut l cks , being the level , with dept twen y was o 18 3 at o o o o . 9 a a a s feet It c mpleted in , c st Of b ut five milli n d ll r o to a o a for a a o a to a d r Acc rding tr diti n , the pl ns this c n l g b ck Alex n

‘

a wh o o a. a a o d the Gre t, first c nceived the ide Julius C es r pr jecte t . n o a a oo o a d a . cut, Ner ctu lly beg n it, but s n l st interest

T wo waterways have been constructed from the n orth to th e B al t ic S ea E an d a a a an d a a a th , the lbe Tr ve C n l the K iser Wilhelm C n l , e l ast

’ 2 18 A L T S THE L KE PI O HANDBOOK .

a as o o a H a an d a fist p si n ver the del y, defied e ven sh king his clenched at o a o o a of God the skies , sw re th t he w uld d uble the c pe in spite him self. From that d ay the phantom ship h as been struggling to weather a of o a of a a a od on the C pe Good H pe . But the m rk bl sphemy g inst G is an d oo and to a l the vessel she is d med with her Dutch skipper crew , s i o on o o a a th e h pelessly f rever, s metimes re ching , but never p ssing , a t t h t meridi n which calls f or them o halt. Sailors believe that o sig a an d a this vessel will bring them g les , shipwreck , de th . In recent a no one h as o a ye rs rep rted seeing the Flying Dutchm n .

THE LATEST STORY OF THE FLYING DUTCH ” MAN .

o A Fan tom Ship Ex p sed .

Science h as struck down another treasured tradition of the sea. m F or many . years it h as been a popular belief that the Flying Dutch an h ad made of the stormy waters around Cape Hor n as nearly perman ’ a o a t o ent h me s that unfortunate s fate permitted him o enj y .

a o a - a l ow Ship fter ship rep rted seeing three m sted vessel , very in a o a of a one of the w ter, drifting thr ugh the Str its Le M ire , the less frequented passages in the dangerous archipelago around Cape Horn . a a a a a a th e a was a Unim gin tive c pt ins decl red th t str nger derelict , with

a a n - o her decks w sh a d apparently water l gged . Considering the ordinary condition of the weather in that desolate o of o was no a o to at exis c rner the gl be , there re s n be surprised the of a was a as a a a o tence derelict , but it reg rded peculi r th t her s ils sh uld always be set an d that S h e should always be encountered in the narrow f S traits o Le Maire .

a o a a a S il rs , less skeptic l th n their skippers , c lled her either the

o - f w u F lying Dutchman or the gh st ship o Le Maire . She as always e n t h n c o a o o o t e o a d a o a . untered he d , p inting s uth , c rrying very sh rt s il O n o a o S a oo the wh le , the f nt m hip presented gl my picture with her an d a - a black hull we ther be ten sails .

F or a long time no one troubled to investigate this ghostly appari t o a of a a as t a ar e . i n . The Str i s Le M ire little used Ste mers usu lly p s o a of Ma a to o an d a thr ugh the Str its gell n , the n rth , s iling vessels prefer , o to o of a o to l a of by g ing the s uth C pe H rn itself, keep we l cle r the oc and a o o a o r ks pitf lls in which the sh rter r utes b und . When the a o a a o a o o a or a we ther is excepti n lly f v r ble , h wever , utw rd , westw rd o S d o o a a o w a h b und hips cc sion lly run thr ugh . On the ay b ck into t e a a a Atl ntic the p ss ge is never used . ’ TH E A PILOTs H 2 19 L KE ANDBOOK .

F or a o a o was a to o of this re s n , little ttenti n p id the rep rts the few on or S hips that p enetrated this alley of a detested labyrinth . But e t wo f o not a a o F or a o o . the st ries c uld e sily be p ssed ver inst nce , the O fil cer s on the Crown of Italy saw the fantom distinctly as a water o t a oa an d r an a . a a o l gged b rk They r shly ttempted ppr ch it , their Own a o on o oo for a h ad ship sh re the r cks . When they next l ked the b rk she

d isappeared in the mists . Then th e Norwegian bark Servia came into Seattle to corroborate th a e tale of the officers of the Crown of Italy . With th t the United S a H o a Ofiic a a a o t tes ydr gr phic e m de public the expl n ti n . The persistence of the fantom h ad at last aroused the Argentine g overnment to the necessity of investigating its haunted strait . A tender was sent out from the neare st lighthouse an d the fantom run to earth .

o to o o nd o It pr ved be made f r ck a shad w . o a o a o of a one was Am ng the j gged r cks th t line , b th sides the str its found which under certain conditions bore a striking resemblance to a . a o o o o o e ship The sh d ws thr wn by the ther r cks c mplet d the picture , and the whole presented the appearance of a bark running under short sail . o a a o a The likeness w uld be striking nywhere , but the lm st perpetu l f og in which the ocean around Cape Horn is enshrouded makes it ap a o e ao a an d a a a f or pe r still m r extr rdin ry, their very n tur l dist ste this playground of stor ms h as long inclined seamen to believe anything to th e a a a of ar io o at a a o dis dv nt ge the dre y reg n . Cl se h nd , the f nt m ” s of o o o a a of o k — o ea hip , c urse , res lves itself int m ss r c Fr m The Oc n .

THE GREAT BATTLE OF LAKE ERIE .

war of 1812 t E a an d a During the be ween ngl nd the United St tes , — — Commodore Perry was ordered to E rie then called Presque Isle to take charge of the construction of a fleet by which the Americans o of hoped to wrest from the B ritish the contr l Lake E rie . By the end Of the summer of 1813 nine ships were built and manned and on the -l - l 0th of September the battle of Lake E rie was fought in Put n B ay . T h e a o of oo an d one Americ n fleet c nsisted three brigs , five sch ners , and a 49 mcer n h tw s oo 0 O s a d . ad o l p , m nned by men The British ships Of war two one oo an d on e oo an d a o 460 omcer s , brigs, sch ner sl p , b ut an a a o a a and d men . Oliver H z rd Perry c mm nded the Americ n fleet

o H a a o a E . a a R bert . B rcl y c mm nded the nglish fleet The b ttle l sted 12 t o and a . 3 hree h urs fifteen minutes , the Americ ns winning Ameri ca a cans were killed an d 13 5 B ritish . The Ameri ns c ptured the entire

British fleet . ’ 220 A r Iw Ts A B THE L KE H ND OOK .

ROPE MAKING .

Manilla hemp is used in making the best gr ades of r ow an d the United States annually imports worth from the P h illipin e a o a an an d o Ea ar e Islands . Sis l fr m Yuc t Jute fr m the st Indies used e a a a in making th e cheaper grades of rope . The b st br nds Of M nill I' O e a a f or a o 14 t a o a a p gener lly ret il b ut cen s p und , the che per gr des sell f or about 12 cents .

a of a a o a s B les M nill hemp weigh ab ut 2 70 pounds each . The b le ar e opened and the fibre is put through a combing process by machin cr to a ou y str ighten it t . It is then spun on spindles that ar e made to re o at a of 150 t o w v lve the r te 0 revolu i ns per minute . This spinning t ist s

a o a a o a on a o . the fibre right h nded int y rn , b ut y rds e ch b bbin th e The next process twists the yarn left handed into strands , an d o o e third pr cess twists the strands right handed into the finished r p . a a of a o i a a of o o e In the m nuf cture l rge t w ng h wsers , p rt the w rk is d n

by hand .

of a a o an d o to a th e The size M nill , ir n steel r pes required st nd same strain is given as follows

a a o 12 ce M nill r pe , inches circumferen a 3 c Steel c ble , 96 inches circumferen e 4 96 inches circumference

A Mani la towing hawser of the size in common use on the lakes l — about feet in length an d 9 inches in circumference costs about o a a a a a an d each . A steel t wing c ble th t will st nd the s me str in

of the same length , costs about

THE CREW LIST OF A MODERN OCEAN PASSEN

GER STEAMER .

t . o s o a e N ew or an d o t am ton . S . S . S L ui , V y g Y k S u h p

S A ILIN G D EP A R T MEN T .

a a Qu rterm sters, a te -at- M s r Arms , B A . s . , a t C de s , a M il Clerks , a o a o 1 M rc ni Oper t r,

Total Sailing Department , . . 5 8

’ 2 2 2 w r s AN D OO THE LAKE H B K .

Runnin g inch line weighs inch line weighs inch line weighs inch line weighs inch line weighs inch line weighs

' inch line weighs inch line weighs

A HAND Y RULE FOR GETTING NET TONS FROM

GROSS TONS .

o o 12 ad d o t to o o as o o Multiply gr ss t ns by ; pr duc gr ss t ns , f ll ws

Ex am ple.

a o f o o The m unt o y ur carg is gross tons . 2 000 12 , x . Th e n ad d as foll ows

net tons .

A N OLD -FASHIONED WAY OF FINDING THE

LENGTH OF THE DAY OR NIGHT .

The d ay is double the time of sunset.

The night is double th e hour of sunrise .

EXA MP LE 1.

w o . un . e as 1 S sets at 8 p m . L ngth Of the d ay 6 h urs M L EXA P E 2 .

s at a of h was 11 o . Sun ri es . m . Length t e night h urs

’ MARINER S MEASURE . — Fathoms 6 feet . — f Furlong 96 o a mile . — Cable length 100 fathoms .

Nautical mile feet .

Statute mile feet . — o t League A measure of distance varying in different c un ries . In E a an d a a a U a a a e . nited St tes , ngl nd , Fr nce It ly , l gue is y rds

G a and o a a . a a . a erm ny H ll nd, y rds Sp in , y rds Russi ,

y ards . ’ A PiLOTs 223 THE L KE HANDBOOK .

MEASURE YOUR COAL BUNKERS .

o a o oa h e o 45 n With rdin ry s ft c l t re sh uld be cubic feet per to .

x am E ple.

You coal bunker is 3 0 feet long , 10 feet wide and 10 feet deep r , .

. 3 0x 10x 10

66 tons .

MEASURE YOUR TANKS . 3 6 cubic feet of fresh water weigh one ton ; 3 5 cubic feet salt a one ton w ter weigh . xam e E pl .

o a 12 o 6 ee and Y ur t nk is feet l ng, f t wide , feet deep .

12 x 6x 7. 6

tons water in tank . 3 6

T RY THIS .

’ An Old Sailor s Plan F or Figur in g th e Con tents of a Roun d

n Ta k .

A tank is round and 5 feet high . He passes a rope yarn around and o 12 e it finds the utside measurement is fe t . He figures this u a 3 o wo ld m ke a square tank 3 feet by feet . The pr blem then changes o an a one of n o of a a a h int e sy figuri g the c ntents squ re t nk , whic would be as follows : 3 x 3 x 5 — 194 tons . 3 6

n a ne to Of f esh wate cont ins 224 U . S . stan ard gallons O r r d . o a o l h o 2 8 Theref re the above t nk w u d ld 0 gallons .

oo of at o a 7 . . ta a One cubic f t fresh w er c nt ins 96 U S s nd rd gallons . ’ THE LAKE P iLOTs HANDBOOK .

T l LLus T R AT IO N K N O S .

’ B 2 26 THE LAKE P iLOTs HAND OOK.

ELECTRICAL UNITS .

— o e to n d V olt The unit Of electrical motive force . F rce r quired se m ta on e ampere of current through on e oh of resis nce .

— a Offe to a a e O h m Unit of resistance . The resist nce red the p ss g

n a e one o . of o e mpere , when impell d by v lt

— on e o can d Am per e Unit of current. The current which v lt sen m through a resistance of one oh .

— a a of d of . Coulom b Unit qu ntity Qu ntity current which , impelle

n o o a o h on e oh m one o . by o e v lt, w uld p ss thr ug in sec nd

— o or o l F ar ad Unit of capacity . A conduct r c ndenser which wil of on hold one coulomb under the pressure e volt . — of o . o o on a n Joule Unit w rk The w rk d ne by e w tt in o e seco nd .

W att— of a e an d o of a e The unit electric l en rgy , is the pr duct mper

and o . a one a of o a e v lt Th t is , mpere current fl wing under pressur f on o one a of o e v lt gives w tt energy ,

a One electrical horsepower is equ l to 746 watts .

One Kilowatt is equal to watts .

T o a o a a as find the w tts c nsumed in given electric l circuit, such a a o th e a l mp , multiply the v lts by mperes .

T o o find the v lts , divide the watts by the amperes .

T o a th a o . find the mperes , divide e w tts by the v lts

T a o o O find the electric l h rsep wer required by a lamp , divide th e a 4 watts of the l mp by 7 6.

T o find the number of lamps that can be supplied by on e elec tr ical o o of 46 a f 7 a . h rsep wer energy , divide by the w tts o the l mp

T o a o o a a ts find the electric l h rsep wer necess ry, multiply the w t n f a er a o and 74 6. p l mp by the umber l mps , divide by

T o find th e mechanical horsepower necessary to generate th e a h o o a emci n required electric l rsep wer , divide the l tter by the e cy o f the generator .

T o a of a of o s an d find the mperes given circuit , which the v lt

O a ar e o o th o . hms resist nce kn wn , divide the v lts by e hms

o a and a ar e o T o find the v lts , when the mperes w tts kn wn , mul

tipl y the amperes by the Ohms .

T o ta O o and a e ar e find the resis nce in hms , when the v lts mp res o a o . kn wn , divide the v lts by the mperes ’ PILOTs O 2 27 THE LAKE HANDBO K .

WEIGHTS OF D IFFERENT WOODS IN BOARD

MEASURE .

E a on of stim te feet dry lumber .

. lbs lbs .

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O White Pine

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O o o a Yell w Pine , sh rt le f o o a Yell w Pine , l ng le f Cypress R edwood Gum Dry Lath 502 Cedar Shingles 203 Pine Sh ingles 248 Norway 6 inch fencing W hite Pine fencing White Pine 96 ceiling

Piece Stuff , pine

o a oo N rw y Pine , 96 fl r oo White Pine , 96 fl r Norway Pine

DIMENSIONS OF THE EARTH .

Diameter at the E quator miles C ircumference at the E quator miles

Ar eas .

Land surf ace square miles Water surface squar e miles

Ocean s . square miles square miles square miles square miles square miles ’ 2 2 8 P ILOTs N D THE LAKE HA BOOK.

MISCELLANEOUS EQUIVALENTS .

a 23 1 cu . in . 1 gal . liquid me sure

- l 4 . a 2 68 5 . 1 a . cu. in g dry me sure f a B r i n a l . o tai cu . in . 1 imperi l ga Gre t

cu . in . 1 bushel of U . S . a n . 1 of a r cu . in bushel Gre t B it i

. 1 ea cu in . h ped bushel a 1000 oz . or 62 96 lb 1 cu. ft . of pure w ter

a o 896 lb . pure w ter 1 gall n ’ o or a o a e s 5760 grains 1 lb . Tr y p thec ri o o 7000 grains 1 lb . av irdup is 1 f a o cu . ft . perch o m s nry a . n a o 3 6 to 45 cu ft . 1 to anthr cite c l

WEIGHT OF A BUSHEL .

’P as 8 l b . e 4 Or n e 68 l b . |C in ar . o o ato 60 lb . Cl ver seed . 60 lb . P t es

a lb . R e 42 lb . Fl x seed y

. a t 20 lb . Hemp seed lb S l

3 2 . o S 56 lb . Oats lb Tim thy eed

50 1b . Onion s ,

U S E THE FOLLOWING ARE IN COMMO N .

r o 1 a lb . of grain o fl ur cent l f 1 a lb . o dry fish quint l f a 1 lb . o n ils keg f o 1 a lb . o fl ur b rrel of or o 1 a lb . beef p rk b rrel of 1 cask lb . lime

W ks. 1 a of a at . . a lb . s lt N Y S lt b rrel

LINEAR MEASURE .

12 inches 1 foot 3 feet 1 yard 5 96 yards (1696 feet) 1 r od 1 3 2 0 rods mile

2 3 0 ’ THE LAKE PILOTS HANDBOOK .

’ SURVEYORS SQUARE MEASURE .

’ Surveyors Square Measure is used by surveyors in computing th e a a of a re l nd ,

62 5 square links (sq . l . ) 16 square rod s 10 square chains

METRIC SQUARE MEASURE .

. 1 . s . m . 1 . . c 00 sq millimeters (sq mm ) q centimeter sq .

1 . m . 100 sq . centimeters sq decimeter sq . d

100 sq . decimeters 1 sq . meter sq . m .

m t r m . 100 . 1 . d ecka e e D sq meters sq sp .

1 k m m . 00 sq . d ec a eter s 1 sq . hektometer s q . H

1 . m . 00 o 1 . o K sq hekt meters sq kil meter s q . N ote— a s a a to The princip l unit is the qu re meter , equ l

square yards .

METRIC LAND MEASURE .

100 centares (ca. ) 1 ar e 100 ares 1 hectare

N ote— ar e a to a a e a et or 100 a m s The , equ l squ r dek m er , squ re eter , h a . T a e e ta a to a es. is square y rds, very ne rly h k re is equ l cr

T THE WORKING TOOLS OF A LAKE PILO .

A Pelor us A Good Compass A Bearing Finder A Barometer A Patent Log A Therm ometer A Hand Lead Magn ets -S ea a a oo A Deep Le d Ch rt T ls , etc . Som e G ood R ecipes

THE WHITEWAS H US ED BY THE UNITED STATES

LIGHTHOUSE SERVICE .

This whitewash is used on lighthouses and on lighthouse prop er t and can on ood or o and a to y be used w , brick st ne , is s id be a s s il a one- a of h ne rly a durable a o paint . Sl ck h lf bushel lime wit a an d o a o o . b iling w ter , keeping it c vered during the pr cess Str in it ad d a peck of salt dissolved in warm water ; three pounds Of ground rice put in boiling water an d boiled to a thin paste ; one-half pound of a o Sp nish glue dissolved in warm water . Mix these well t gether nd h f r a a f or a a . a te o let the mixture st nd sever l d ys W en w n d use , a a on a o a a and a as h ot as o put qu ntity p rt ble furn ce pply it p ssible , ’ h r using w itewash o painter s brushes .

HEATING TAR FOR WOODEN DECKS .

An excellent method of heating tar without danger of fire is to use a steam fiu o a e bl wer . Pure th ick tar will spre d better when a wh o he ted by this method than if heated over a fire . And to those

to tar o a o or prefer thin the , bef re he ting , with linseed Oil , ker sene , o can o as th e o re a turpentine , this meth d be rec mmended being nly lly n safe o e.

REMOVING PAINT .

a o M ke a s lution Of equal parts of soda an d quicklime . The od a o o n s sh uld be diss lved in water first a d the lime then added . E nough Of each should be put in the water to make it about the o f o o a a t . c nsistency o p int . Apply this s lu i n with a p int brush A few m ff oments ar e su icient to remove th e oldest paint , which m ay be

w a off a a . o a oo o shed with w rm w ter Bef re rep inting , the w d sh uld b a n o a a e w shed with vinegar or a y acid s lution to remove traces Of lk li . FINALE .

o o The succ essful pil t is the on e that keeps p sted . E v e r y G o v er n m en t B ull en tin o a o an d M ar n , every Hydr gr phic rep rt the i e c ol um n of the daily paper S hould be carefully scanned f or newly r e p o r ted o o a of o a a of c s e t bstructi ns , ch nges bu y ge , ch nges lights , dereli t , c . l Vigilance is needed at a l times .

a a Be w keful , be vigil nt , a m a D nger y be , At an hour when all seemeth

Securest to thee . — Southey .

I I I N D E X .

American Customs Offices Canadian Customs O ffices American Consuls E ntrance an d Clearance laws The Coasting laws Vessel papers Laws gover n ing lights Laws f or protection Of aids to navigation Harbor rule s A f ew rulings Pilot rules Steering an d sailing rules Navigation of $00 River 800 Canal rules S t a at a a s . Cl ir Fl s C n l rule ’ Portage Canals rules Barbor Beach rules S tag Island rules Life Saving rules R eports Storm signals Canadian storm signals Government S oundings Bridge Signals Bridge Hours G reatest depth on the lakes Greatest depth in the world Charts Chart Catalogue Revenue Cutters

Dry Docks Population of lake cities and towns Lake Michigan winter steamboat lines Landmarks of Lake Superior Ocean landmarks Crew Of a lake steamer Crew of an ocean steamer

Get the correct time . Things worth knowing Bearings of piers T h e length Of your trip IN D E X . I II

A few handy distances R iver D istances by different routes Laws governing fire and boat drills F ire an d boat drill S ailing distances R unning the rivers by courses C ourses and distances

Life saving . stations F og whistles Lights and lighthouses Draft Of water at small ports ’ T h e Mariner s compass T h e North Star

Magnetic attraction . You watch as a compass

Measuring distances by sound . T h e Pelorus Test your compasses T h e use of th e Bearing indicator D istances of visibility E ngine room signals H a nd lead line . Deep sea Mississippi soundings N a vigation laws . T h e science of mod ern navigation Latitude and Longitude L o ngitude and time . Meridan and S tandard time A pparent and Mean time C ircular measure Meridan

Amplitude Marine Insurance T h e Barometer D isplacement G ross to nnage IV N D E X I .

Page. ’ Sailors phrases 202 Waves H ow deep is th e ocean Sound ing th e lowest depths Find ing the leeway Northern lights Water Ocean Water Steam Horse Power of E ngines and Boilers

Fastest Atlantic Ocean Passages Provisioning an Atlantic Liner — Ocean Distances Steamer Track Great Salt Lake

Suez Canal . Great Canals ’ ~ Noah s Ark . Great E astern Flying Dutchman Great Battle of Lake E rie Rope Making Crew Lis t of a Modern Ocean Passenger Steamer Help in Case of Drowning Weight Of Common Manilla Rope Rules and Measures Knots Of al l Kinds E lectrical Units . Weights Of Different Woods Dimensions of th e E arth Miscellaneous Equivalents Measures and Weights Working Tools of a Pilot Recipes Finale